WESTERN DIGITAL CORP
10-Q, 1999-02-08
COMPUTER STORAGE DEVICES
Previous: WEIS MARKETS INC, SC 13G/A, 1999-02-08
Next: WESTERN DIGITAL CORP, S-3/A, 1999-02-08



<PAGE>   1
                                  UNITED STATES

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                     --------------------------------------

                                    FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

[X]     Quarterly Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934 for the quarterly period ended December 26, 1998.

                                       OR

[ ]     Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934 for the transition period from ________ to _______

                          Commission file number 1-8703

                           WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION
           -----------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

             DELAWARE                                   95-2647125     
           -----------------------------------------------------------
             (State or other jurisdiction of            (I.R.S. Employer
             incorporation or organization)             Identification No.)

             8105 Irvine Center Drive
             Irvine, California                         92618          
           -----------------------------------------------------------
             (Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

        REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER INCLUDING AREA CODE (949) 932-5000
              REGISTRANT'S WEB SITE: HTTP://WWW.WESTERNDIGITAL.COM

                                      N/A
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Former name, former address and former fiscal year if changed since last report.

        Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ] 

        Number of shares outstanding of Common Stock, as of January 23, 1999 is
89,266,901.


<PAGE>   2
                           WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION
                                      INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          PAGE NO.
                                                                                          --------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
PART I.   FINANCIAL INFORMATION

          Item 1.   Financial Statements

                    Consolidated Statements of Operations - Three-Month Periods
                    Ended December 27, 1997 and December 26, 1998..................          3

                    Consolidated Statements of Operations - Six-Month Periods
                    Ended December 27, 1997 and December 26, 1998..................          4

                    Consolidated Balance Sheets - June 27, 1998 and
                    December 26, 1998..............................................          5

                    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Six-Month Periods
                    Ended December 27, 1997 and December 26, 1998..................          6

                    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.....................          7

          Item 2.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                    Condition and Results of Operations............................         10

          Item 3.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.....         20

PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION

          Item 1.   Legal Proceedings..............................................         21

          Item 4.   Submission of Matters to Vote of Security Holders..............         21

          Item 6.   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K...............................         22

          Signatures...............................................................         23
</TABLE>


                                       2


<PAGE>   3
PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.  Financial Statements


                           WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                THREE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED    
                                                            ---------------------------------
                                                              DEC. 27,             DEC. 26,
                                                               1997                  1998
                                                            -----------           -----------
<S>                                                         <C>                   <C>        
Revenues, net ....................................          $   969,564           $   738,590
Costs and expenses:
     Cost of revenues ............................            1,025,112               719,423
     Research and development ....................               44,472                50,363
     Selling, general and administrative .........               47,178                47,819
                                                            -----------           -----------
         Total costs and expenses ................            1,116,762               817,605
                                                            -----------           -----------
Operating loss ...................................             (147,198)              (79,015)
Net interest income (expense) (Note 3) ...........                2,015                (3,238)
                                                            -----------           -----------
Loss before income taxes .........................             (145,183)              (82,253)
Provision for income taxes .......................                   --                    --
                                                            -----------           -----------
Net loss .........................................          $  (145,183)          $   (82,253)
                                                            ===========           ===========
Loss per common share (Note 2):
         Basic ...................................          $     (1.66)          $      (.93)
                                                            ===========           ===========
         Diluted .................................          $     (1.66)          $      (.93)
                                                            ===========           ===========
Common shares used in computing per share amounts:
         Basic ...................................               87,319                88,888
                                                            ===========           ===========
         Diluted .................................               87,319                88,888
                                                            ===========           ===========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.


                                       3


<PAGE>   4
                           WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   SIX-MONTH PERIOD ENDED      
                                                            ---------------------------------
                                                              DEC. 27,             DEC. 26,
                                                               1997                  1998
                                                            -----------           -----------
<S>                                                         <C>                   <C>        
Revenues, net ....................................          $ 2,059,728           $ 1,389,448
Costs and expenses:
     Cost of revenues ............................            1,954,217             1,453,033
     Research and development ....................               86,774               102,284
     Selling, general and administrative .........               93,872               105,151
                                                            -----------           -----------
         Total costs and expenses ................            2,134,863             1,660,468
                                                            -----------           -----------
Operating loss ...................................              (75,135)             (271,020)
Net interest income (expense) (Note 3) ...........                4,603                (5,891)
                                                            -----------           -----------
Loss before income taxes .........................              (70,532)             (276,911)
Provision for income taxes .......................               11,944                    --
                                                            -----------           -----------
Net loss .........................................          $   (82,476)          $  (276,911)
                                                            ===========           ===========
Loss per common share (Note 2):
         Basic ...................................          $      (.95)          $     (3.12)
                                                            ===========           ===========
         Diluted .................................          $      (.95)          $     (3.12)
                                                            ===========           ===========
Common shares used in computing per share amounts:
         Basic ...................................               87,030                88,717
                                                            ===========           ===========
         Diluted .................................               87,030                88,717
                                                            ===========           ===========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.


                                       4


<PAGE>   5
                           WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 JUNE 27,             DEC. 26,
                                                                  1998                  1998
                                                               -----------           -----------
<S>                                                            <C>                   <C>        
                              ASSETS

Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents ......................          $   459,830           $   353,660
     Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
         accounts of $15,926 at June 27, 1998 and
         $17,926 at Dec. 26, 1998 ...................              369,013               371,960
     Inventories  (Note 3) ..........................              186,516               160,974
     Prepaid expenses ...............................               36,763                24,975
                                                               -----------           -----------
         Total current assets .......................            1,052,122               911,569
Property and equipment at cost, net .................              346,987               342,779
Intangible and other assets, net ....................               43,579                42,174
                                                               -----------           -----------
         Total assets ...............................          $ 1,442,688           $ 1,296,522
                                                               ===========           ===========

                LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
     Accounts payable ...............................          $   330,130           $   386,004
     Accrued compensation ...........................               23,697                34,218
     Accrued warranty ...............................               47,135                89,441
     Accrued expenses ...............................              187,617               191,112
                                                               -----------           -----------
         Total current liabilities ..................              588,579               700,775
Long-term debt ......................................              519,188               531,505
Deferred income taxes ...............................               17,163                16,711
Commitments and contingent liabilities
Shareholders' equity:
     Preferred stock, $.01 par value;
         Authorized: 5,000 shares
         Outstanding:  None .........................                   --                    --
     Common stock, $.01 par value;
         Authorized:  225,000 shares
         Outstanding:  101,332 shares at June 27,
         1998 and at December 26, 1998 ..............                1,013                 1,013
     Additional paid-in capital .....................              326,244               326,726
     Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ........              197,849               (79,062)
     Treasury stock-common stock at cost;
         13,039 shares at June 27, 1998 and 12,222
         shares at Dec. 26, 1998 (Note 4) ...........             (207,348)             (201,146)
                                                               -----------           -----------
         Total shareholders' equity .................              317,758                47,531
                                                               -----------           -----------
         Total liabilities and shareholders' equity .          $ 1,442,688           $ 1,296,522
                                                               ===========           ===========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.


                                       5


<PAGE>   6
                           WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                 (IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             SIX-MONTH PERIOD ENDED
                                                                       -------------------------------
                                                                        DEC. 27,            DEC. 26,
                                                                          1997                1998
                                                                       -----------         -----------
<S>                                                                    <C>                 <C>         
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
     Net loss ..................................................       $   (82,476)        $  (276,911)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
     cash provided by (used for) operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization ...........................            47,385              67,287
       Interest accrued on convertible debentures ..............                --              12,317
       Changes in assets and liabilities:
         Accounts receivable ...................................            65,184              (2,947)
         Inventories ...........................................           (60,930)             25,542
         Prepaid expenses ......................................               995              11,788
         Accounts payable ......................................           (23,469)             55,874
         Accrued compensation, accrued warranty and
           accrued expenses ....................................            65,798              56,322
         Other assets ..........................................               406               2,848
         Deferred income taxes .................................             1,112                (452)
                                                                       -----------         -----------
            Net cash provided by (used for ) operating
              activities .......................................            14,005             (48,332)
                                                                       -----------         -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
     Capital expenditures, net .................................          (111,791)            (60,097)
     Decrease (increase) in other assets .......................             5,500              (1,500)
                                                                       -----------         -----------
            Net cash used for investing activities .............          (106,291)            (61,597)
                                                                       -----------         -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Cash used to repay bank debt (Note 6) .....................                --             (50,000)
     Proceeds from issuance of bank debt (Note 6) ..............                --              50,000
     Exercise of stock options, including tax benefit in 1998 ..             8,431               3,611
     Proceeds from ESPP shares issued ..........................             7,443               3,073
     Common stock repurchase program ...........................           (12,525)                 --
     Costs relating to credit facility .........................                --              (2,925)
                                                                       -----------         -----------
            Net cash provided by financing activities ..........             3,349               3,759
                                                                       -----------         -----------

     Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents .................           (88,937)           (106,170)
     Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ............           208,276             459,830
                                                                       -----------         -----------
     Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ..................       $   119,339         $   353,660
                                                                       ===========         ===========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

Cash paid during the period for income taxes ...................       $    12,308         $     3,317
Cash paid during the period for interest .......................                --               2,136
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.


                                       6


<PAGE>   7
                           WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.      The accounting policies followed by the Company are set forth in Note 1
        of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company's
        Annual Report on Form 10-K as of and for the year ended June 27, 1998.

2.      The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted
        loss per share under the provisions of SFAS No. 128 (in thousands,
        except for per share amounts):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                THREE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED                     SIX-MONTH PERIOD ENDED     
                                          ----------------------------------           --------------------------------
                                            DEC. 27,               DEC. 26,               DEC. 27,            DEC. 26,
                                              1997                  1998                   1997                1998
                                          ------------          ------------           ------------        ------------
<S>                                       <C>                   <C>                    <C>                 <C>          
Numerator:
Numerator for basic and diluted
  loss per share--net loss .......        $   (145,183)         $    (82,253)          $    (82,476)       $   (276,911)
                                          ============          ============           ============        ============
Denominator:
Denominator for basic loss per
  share--weighted average number
  of common shares outstanding
  during the period ..............              87,319                88,888                 87,030              88,717
Incremental common shares
  attributable to exercise of
  outstanding options, ESPP
  contributions and convertible
  debentures .....................                  --                    --                     --                  --
                                          ------------          ------------           ------------        ------------
Denominator for diluted loss
  per share ......................              87,319                88,888                 87,030              88,717
                                          ============          ============           ============        ============
Basic loss per share .............        $      (1.66)         $       (.93)          $       (.95)       $      (3.12)
                                          ============          ============           ============        ============
Diluted loss per share ...........        $      (1.66)         $       (.93)          $       (.95)       $      (3.12)
                                          ============          ============           ============        ============
</TABLE>


        For the three and six-month periods ended December 27, 1997 and December
        26, 1998, 11.1 and 17.4 million shares, respectively, relating to the
        possible exercise of outstanding stock options were not included in the
        computation of diluted loss per share. For the three and six-month
        periods ended December 26, 1998, an additional 19.4 million shares
        issuable upon conversion of the convertible debentures were excluded
        from the computation of diluted loss per share. The effects of these
        items were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share as
        their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

        On September 10, 1998, the Company's board of directors authorized and
        declared a dividend distribution of one Right for each share of common
        stock of the Company outstanding at the close of business on November
        30, 1998. In addition, the Company's board of directors authorized the
        issuance of one Right for each share of common stock of the Company
        issued from the Record Date until certain dates as specified in the
        Company's Rights Agreement dated as of October 15, 1998, pursuant to
        which the Company's existing shareholders rights plan will be replaced
        by a successor ten year plan. The Rights issued become exercisable for
        common stock at a discount from market value upon certain events related
        to a change in control.


                                       7

<PAGE>   8

3.      Supplemental Financial Statement Data (in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             JUNE 27,          DEC. 26,
                                               1998              1998
                                             --------          --------
<S>                                          <C>               <C>     
Inventories
  Finished goods .....................       $126,363          $ 92,660
  Work in process ....................         28,287            32,069
  Raw materials and component parts...         31,866            36,245
                                             --------          --------
                                             $186,516          $160,974
                                             ========          ========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          THREE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED              SIX-MONTH PERIOD ENDED     
                                         --------------------------           --------------------------
                                         DEC. 27,          DEC. 26,           DEC. 27,          DEC. 26,
                                           1997              1998               1997             1998
                                         --------          --------           --------          --------
<S>                                      <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>     
Net Interest Income (Expense)
  Interest income ................       $  2,015          $  4,824           $  4,603          $ 10,115
  Interest expense ...............             --            (8,062)                --           (16,006)
                                         --------          --------           --------          --------
  Net interest income (expense)...       $  2,015          $ (3,238)          $  4,603          $ (5,891)
                                         ========          ========           ========          ========
</TABLE>


4.  During the six months ended December 26, 1998, the Company distributed
    325,000 and 493,000 shares of its common stock in connection with the
    Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") and common stock option exercises,
    respectively, for $6.7 million.

5.  In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to fairly state the
    consolidated financial statements have been made. All such adjustments are
    of a normal recurring nature. Certain information and footnote disclosures
    normally included in the consolidated financial statements prepared in
    accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed
    or omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and
    Exchange Commission. These consolidated financial statements should be read
    in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes
    thereto included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K as of and for
    the year ended June 27, 1998.

6.  In November 1998, the Company replaced its then existing secured revolving
    credit and term loan facility with a new facility ("Senior Bank Facility").
    The Senior Bank Facility provides the Company with a $150 million revolving
    credit line and a $50 million term loan, both of which expire in November
    2001. The term loan requires quarterly payments of $2.5 million beginning in
    September 1999 with the remaining balance due in November 2001. The Senior
    Bank Facility is secured by substantially all of the Company's assets. The
    availability under the revolving portion of the Senior Bank Facility is
    dependent on the borrowing base. At the option of the Company, borrowings
    bear interest at either LIBOR or a base rate plus a margin determined by the
    borrowing base, with option periods of one to three months. The Senior Bank
    Facility requires the Company to maintain certain amounts of net equity and
    prohibits the payment of dividends. The $50 million term loan outstanding as
    of September 26, 1998 under the previous credit facility was repaid and
    replaced with the $50 million term loan under the Senior Bank Facility.

                                       8

<PAGE>   9

7.  The Company was sued by Amstrad PLC ("Amstrad") in December 1992 in Orange
    County Superior Court. The complaint alleges that hard drives supplied by
    the Company in calendar 1988 and 1989 were defective and caused damages to
    Amstrad of $186.0 million in out-of-pocket expenses, lost profits, injury to
    Amstrad's reputation and loss of goodwill. The Company filed a counterclaim
    for $3.0 million in actual damages in addition to exemplary damages in an
    unspecified amount. Trial of this case commenced October 5, 1998, and on
    January 5, 1999, with the jury deadlocked on the issue of liability, a
    mistrial was declared. Retrial of the case is set for March 1, 1999. The
    Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to Amstrad's claims and is
    vigorously defending itself against the Amstrad claims and pressing its
    claims against Amstrad in this action. Although the Company believes that
    the final disposition of this matter will not have an adverse effect on the
    Company's financial condition or operating results, if Amstrad were to
    prevail on its claims, a judgment for a material amount could be awarded
    against the Company.

    Between December 12, 1997 and February 24, 1998, eight class action suits
    were filed against the Company and certain of its officers and directors.
    The complaints alleged that the Company issued false and misleading
    statements from July 25, 1996, through December 2, 1997 concerning the
    outlook for the Company's operations and earnings and that the Company
    issued false and misleading financial statements in fiscal years 1996 and
    1997 by improperly deferring the write-down of obsolete inventory. The
    Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended consolidated complaint which
    was granted by the Court with prejudice, and on August 21, 1998, the case
    was dismissed. No appeal of the case was filed.

8.  On January 19, 1999, the Company initiated a restructuring program whereby
    it is combining its Personal Storage Division and Enterprise Storage Group
    into a single hard drive operating unit. The new Drive Products Division
    ("DPD") will combine design, manufacturing, materials, business and product
    marketing resources to address both the desktop and enterprise markets. The
    Company expects the move to result in efficiencies in every operating area
    from marketing, research and development to manufacturing and procurement.
    As a result of streamlining the two operations, the Tuas, Singapore facility
    will be closed and held for sale, and production of WD Enterprise drives
    will be transferred to the Company's nearby facility in Chai-Chee,
    Singapore. The restructuring program is expected to reduce worldwide
    employee headcount by approximately 750 employees. Write-offs of fixed
    assets and employee severance and relocation costs relating to the
    restructuring program are expected to result in a charge of approximately
    $45 million to the Company's results of operations for the quarter ending
    March 27, 1999. Of this amount, approximately $10 million is expected to
    utilize cash, primarily during the third quarter.

9.  On February 1, 1999, the Company acquired Crag Technologies, a San
    Jose-based startup company that has focused on developing storage solutions
    for NT servers since its inception, at a cost of approximately $12 million.
    The purchase price includes Western Digital common stock and the assumption
    of certain liabilities. The Company plans to continue development efforts 
    and expects to ship its first products developed by the new unit within 
    9 - 12 months. The acquisition is expected to result in a one-time charge 
    for in-process research and development of approximately $12 million to the 
    Company's results of operations for the quarter ending March 27, 1999.


                                       9
<PAGE>   10

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains forward-looking statements, within
the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, that involve risks and
uncertainties. Forward-looking statements can typically be identified by the use
of forward-looking words, such as "may," "will," "could," "project," "believe,"
"anticipate," "expect," "estimate," "continue," "potential," "plan," "forecast,"
and the like. These statements appear in a number of places in this Report and
include statements regarding the intentions, plans, strategies, beliefs or
current expectations of the Company, its directors or its officers, with respect
to, among other things:

        o  the financial prospects of the Company;
        o  the Company's financing plans;
        o  trends affecting the Company's financial condition or operating
           results;
        o  the Company's strategies for growth, operations, and product
           development and commercialization; and
        o  conditions or trends in or factors affecting the computer or hard
           drive industry

        Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, do not
guarantee future performance and involve risks and uncertainties that could
cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. The
information contained in "Certain Factors Affecting Western Digital Corporation
and/or the Disk Drive Industry" of this Report as well as in the Company's other
periodic reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, identifies important factors that could cause such
differences.

Unless otherwise indicated, references herein to specific years and quarters are
to the Company's fiscal years and fiscal quarters. The three-month period ended
December 26, 1998 is referred to herein as the second quarter of 1999 or the
current quarter.

ITEM 2.

                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

On January 19, 1999, the Company initiated a restructuring program whereby it is
combining its Personal Storage Division and Enterprise Storage Group into a
single hard drive operating unit. The new Drive Products Division ("DPD") will
combine design, manufacturing, materials, business and product marketing
resources to address both the desktop and enterprise markets. The Company
expects the move to result in efficiencies in every operating area from
marketing, research and development to manufacturing and procurement. As a
result of streamlining the two operations, the Tuas, Singapore facility will be
closed and held for sale, and production of WD Enterprise drives will be
transferred to the Company's nearby facility in Chai-Chee, Singapore. The
restructuring program is expected to reduce worldwide employee headcount by
approximately 750 employees. Write-offs of fixed assets and employee severance
and relocation costs relating to the restructuring program are expected to
result in a charge of approximately $45 million to the Company's results of
operations for the quarter ended March 27, 1999. Of this amount, approximately
$10 million is expected to utilize cash, primarily in the third quarter.

On February 1, 1999, the Company acquired Crag Technologies, a San Jose-based
startup company that has focused on developing storage solutions for NT servers
since its inception, at a cost of approximately $12 million. The purchase price
includes Western Digital common stock and the assumption of certain liabilities.
The Company plans to continue development efforts and expects to ship its first
products developed by the new unit within 9 - 12 months. The acquisition is
expected to result in a one-time charge for in-process research and development
of approximately $12 million to the Company's results of operations for the
quarter ending March 27, 1999.


                                       10
<PAGE>   11
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Consolidated revenues were $738.6 million in the second quarter of 1999, a
decrease of 24% from the second quarter of the prior year and an increase of 13%
from the immediately preceding quarter. Consolidated revenues were $1.4 billion
in the first six months of 1999, down 33% from the corresponding period of 1998.
The lower revenues in the three and six-month periods ended December 26, 1998
resulted from 7% and 17% declines in hard drive unit shipments from the
comparable periods of 1998, respectively, combined with reductions in the
average selling prices ("ASP") of hard drive products due to an intensely
competitive hard drive business environment. The higher revenues in the current
quarter compared to the immediately preceding quarter were due to a 17% increase
in hard drive unit shipments, partially offset by slightly lower ASPs.

Consolidated gross profit margin increased 8 and 15 percentage points from the
second quarter of 1998 and the immediately preceding quarter, respectively. The
gross profit margin in the second quarter of 1998 and the first quarter of 1999
included special charges of $148 million and $77 million, respectively. The $148
million special charge recorded in the second quarter of 1998 included estimated
component cancellation charges, inventory and other asset write-downs, costs
incurred on terminated mobile PC engineering programs, and other estimated
incremental costs related to the production, sale, and accelerated wind-down of
thin film products and ramp-up of products with magneto-resistive ("MR") heads.
The $77 million special charge recorded in the first quarter of 1999 was made to
increase warranty reserves associated with the Company's last generation of thin
film desktop products because experience indicated a slightly higher return
rate, higher cost of repair and longer duration of returns within the warranty
period for these products.

Excluding the special charges, the gross profit margin in the second quarter of
1999 was 3% as compared to 10% in the corresponding period of the prior year and
- -1% in the immediately preceding quarter. The 7 percentage point decline in
gross profit margin from the second quarter of 1998 was primarily related to
lower ASPs for the Company's products. The sequential improvement in gross
profit margin was due to an improved pricing environment, as demand for desktop
hard drives increased, and a reduction in desktop unit costs as a result of
improved time-to-market performance for the Company's latest generation of
MR-based desktop storage products. Excluding the aforementioned special charges,
consolidated gross profit margin for the first six months of 1999 was 1% as
compared to 12% in the corresponding period of the prior year. The decline in
gross profit margin was primarily related to lower ASPs for the Company's
products.

Research and development ("R&D") expense for the current quarter was $50.4
million, an increase of $5.9 million from the second quarter of the prior year
and a decrease of $1.6 million from the immediately preceding quarter. R&D
expense for the first six months of 1999 was $102.3 million, an increase of
$15.5 million from the same period of 1998. The increase in absolute dollars
spent from the corresponding periods of the prior year were consistent with the
Company's decision to develop a full line of enterprise storage products and to
focus on regaining time-to-market leadership with its desktop storage products.

Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expense for the second quarter of
1999 was $47.8 million, an increase of $.6 million over the corresponding
quarter of the prior year and a decrease of $9.5 million from the immediately
preceding quarter. The sequential decrease related primarily to the $7.5 million
of foreign currency-related special charges recorded in the first quarter of
1999 for losses on terminated hedging contracts on the Malaysian Ringgit
currency due to the Malaysian government's imposition of currency controls. SG&A
expense was $105.2 million for the first six months of 1999, up $11.3 million
the same period of 1998. The increase was primarily the result of the
aforementioned foreign currency-related special charges and higher depreciation
expense associated with the Company's recently implemented computer information
systems.

Net interest expense for the current quarter was $3.2 million, compared with net
interest income of $2.0 million in the corresponding quarter of 1998 and net
interest expense of $2.7 million in the immediately preceding quarter. Net
interest expense was $5.9 million for the first six months of 1999 as compared
to net interest income of $4.6 million in the corresponding period of 1998. The
changes from the comparable periods of 1998 were primarily attributable to
interest expense incurred on the Company's $50 million term loan, which is part
of the Company's Senior Bank Facility, and accrual of original issue discount on
the Company's convertible subordinated debentures due 2018 ("Debentures"). No
debt was outstanding during the first six months of 1998. Partially offsetting
this increase was incremental interest income earned on the cash and cash
equivalents balance in the current periods, which was higher than historical
levels due to the proceeds from the


                                       11
<PAGE>   12

sale of the Debentures and borrowings under the Senior Bank Facility. The
increase in net interest expense from the immediately preceding quarter was
primarily the result of lower average cash and cash equivalent balances in the
current quarter.

The provision for income taxes recorded in the first six months of 1998 resulted
from earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries. The Company did not provide
income tax benefit on the loss incurred in the first half of 1999 as it is not
more likely than not that the resulting deferred tax assets could be realized.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

At December 26, 1998, the Company had $353.7 million of cash and cash
equivalents as compared with $459.8 million at June 27, 1998. Net cash used for
operating activities was $48.3 million during the first six months of 1999 as
compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $14.0 million in the
corresponding period of the prior year. Cash flows resulting from lower
inventories and higher current liabilities were more than offset by the net loss
(net of non-cash charges). Another significant use of cash during the first six
months of 1999 was capital expenditures of $60.1 million, incurred primarily to
upgrade the Company's media production capability and for normal replacement of
existing assets.

In November 1998, the Company replaced its then existing secured revolving
credit and term loan facility with a new facility ("Senior Bank Facility"). The
Senior Bank Facility provides the Company with a $150 million revolving credit
line and a $50 million term loan, both of which expire in November 2001. The
term loan requires quarterly payments of $2.5 million beginning in September
1999 with the remaining balance due in November 2001. The Senior Bank Facility
is secured by substantially all of the Company's assets. The availability under
the revolving portion of the Senior Bank Facility is dependent on the borrowing
base. At the option of the Company, borrowings bear interest at either LIBOR or
a base rate plus a margin determined by the borrowing base, with option periods
of one to three months. The Senior Bank Facility requires the Company to
maintain certain amounts of net equity and prohibits the payment of dividends.

The Company owns approximately 34 acres of land in Irvine, California upon
which, when business conditions are more favorable, it intends to obtain lease
financing to construct new corporate headquarters. The new headquarters facility
is not expected to materially increase the Company's occupancy costs. However,
there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in entering into a
leasing arrangement for this property on terms that will be satisfactory to the
Company, and other alternatives available to the Company upon expiration of its
current headquarters lease in June 2000 could be more costly.

The Company believes that its current cash balances combined with cash flow from
operations and the Senior Bank Facility will be sufficient to meet its working
capital needs for the foreseeable future. However, the Company's ability to
sustain its working capital position is dependent upon a number of factors that
are discussed below under the heading "Certain Factors Affecting Western Digital
Corporation and/or the Disk Drive Industry."

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 130 and 131, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income" ("SFAS 130") and "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and
Related Information" ("SFAS 131"), respectively (collectively, the
"Statements"). The Statements are effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. SFAS 130 establishes standards for reporting of comprehensive
income and its components in annual and interim financial statements. SFAS 131
establishes standards for reporting financial and descriptive information about
an enterprise's operating segments in its annual financial statements and
selected segment information in interim financial reports. Reclassification or
restatement of comparative financial statements or financial information for
earlier periods is required upon adoption of SFAS 130 and SFAS 131,
respectively. For the three and six-month periods ended December 26, 1998 and
all prior periods presented, the Company has not possessed any of the components
of other comprehensive income. Application of the Statements' requirements is
not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial
position, results of operations or loss per share as currently reported.


                                       12
<PAGE>   13

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments
and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 133"). SFAS 133 is effective for all fiscal
quarters or fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. SFAS 133 establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments embedded in other
contracts and for hedging activities. Application of this accounting standard is
not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial
position, results of operations or liquidity.

YEAR 2000

The Company has considered the impact of Year 2000 issues on its products,
computer systems and applications and has developed a remediation process.
Remediation activities are underway, and the Company expects readiness and
testing to be completed by June 1999 and full integration testing completed by
July, 1999. Expenditures related to the Year 2000 project, which include normal
replacement of existing capital assets, were approximately $5.0 million in 1998,
$2.5 million in the first half of 1999 and are expected to amount to
approximately $35.0 million in total. For an additional discussion of Year 2000
issues, see Certain Risk Factors Affecting Western Digital Corporation and/or
the Hard Drive Industry -- Year 2000 Issue.

CERTAIN FACTORS AFFECTING WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION AND/OR THE DISK DRIVE
INDUSTRY

Highly Competitive Industry

The price of hard drives decreases over time due to increases in supply, cost
reductions and technological advances. This price erosion accelerates when one
or more competitors reduce prices to liquidate excess inventories or attempt to
gain market share. In addition, hard drive customers consistently demand greater
storage capacity and higher performance, which requires us to continually
develop products that incorporate new technology on a timely and cost-effective
basis. This in turn reduces the volume and profitability of sales of existing
products and increases the risk of inventory obsolescence.

The desktop portion of the hard drive industry is intensely competitive and
characterized by periods of oversupply and severe price erosion. During 1996 and
1997, we significantly increased our share of the desktop market, but most of
these gains were lost during 1998 for the following reasons:

                  o   our decision to reduce production in the face of industry
                  oversupply and rapidly declining prices

                  o   our late transition to magneto-resistive ("MR") head
                  technology

                  o   manufacturing and performance issues encountered as we
                  continued to produce thin film head products at higher storage
                  capacities than our competitors.

The enterprise portion of the hard drive industry is more concentrated, with
Seagate Technology having the largest market share. Performance, quality, and
reliability are even more important to the users of high-end products than to
users in the desktop market. However, this market has recently become much more
price competitive, and we expect this trend to continue.

Data Storage Industry Risks

Our hard drives are components in computer systems. Demand for our hard drives
depends on the demand for computer systems manufactured by our customers and on
storage upgrades to existing systems. The demand for computer systems has been
volatile in the past and often has had an exaggerated effect on the demand for
hard drives in any given period. In calendar 1998, for example, the growth in
desktop PC sales slowed significantly, causing a sharp decline in demand for
hard drives. When the supply of hard drives exceeds demand, as it did in
calendar 1998, the oversupply of available products causes higher than
anticipated inventory levels and intense price competition. We expect that this
situation will occur again in the future.


                                       13
<PAGE>   14

Rapid Technological Change and Product Development

The hard drive industry is characterized by rapid technological changes,
particularly in recording head technology. MR heads, which enable higher
capacity per hard drive than conventional heads, became the leading recording
head technology during early 1998. Several of our major competitors incorporated
MR head technology into their products much earlier than we did and achieved
time-to-market leadership with some MR products. We completed our transition of
desktop hard drives to MR head technology by the end of 1998, and we are now
beginning our transition to giant magneto-resistive ("GMR") heads, the next
recording head technology. However, if we fail to:

                  o   regain time-to-market leadership with products
                      incorporating MR and then GMR head technology

                  o   qualify these products with key customers on a timely 
                      basis
 
                  o   produce these products in sufficient volume

then our market share could continue to fall and harm our operating results. Our
transition to GMR recording technology is our next important challenge. We have
just begun manufacturing our first hard drives with GMR technology, and
therefore it is too early for us to know how successful we will be in making
this technology transition compared to our competitors.

If we are to succeed in the enterprise hard drive portion of the market, we must
successfully develop and timely introduce new products, and we must increase the
number of customers for our products. As we expand our product line, one of the
many challenges we face is staffing. Hiring additional qualified engineers is
difficult because competition world-wide for skilled hard drive development
engineers is intense. We also may encounter development delays or quality issues
which may adversely affect the introduction of new products. If we experience
any of these setbacks, we may miss crucial delivery time windows on these new
enterprise products, which would likely harm our operating results.

Due to short product life cycles, we must regularly engage in new product
qualification with our customers. This process is typically complicated and
lengthy, and any failure or delay in qualifying new products with a customer can
result in our losing sales to that customer until the next generation of
products is introduced. Most of our customers qualify only a few vendors for
each product. This issue is particularly acute in the enterprise portion of the
market because the product life cycles for enterprise hard drives are longer
than those for desktop drives.

With the continued pressures to shorten the time required to introduce new
products, we must reduce the time to achieve acceptable manufacturing yields and
costs. Our inability to do so has harmed our operating results in the past and
could do so again in the future.

Advances in magnetic, optical or other data storage technologies could result in
competitive products that have better performance or lower cost per unit of
capacity than our products. Some of our competitors are developing optically
assisted recording products, but we have decided not to pursue this technology
at this time. If optically assisted recording products prove to be superior in
performance or cost per unit of capacity, we could be at a competitive
disadvantage to the companies offering those products.

Component Supply and Technology License Agreement with International Business
Machines Corporation ("IBM")

In June, 1998, we entered into a broad-based hard drive component supply and
technology licensing agreement with IBM. This agreement enables us to
incorporate IBM's technology, designs and hard drive components into our desktop
products. Implementation of this agreement presents several significant
challenges:


                                       14
<PAGE>   15

                  o   most important, the need to adapt IBM's product designs
                      and manufacturing processes so that the hard drives with
                      IBM technology can be manufactured by us at a low enough
                      cost to compete in the high-volume desktop market

                  o   our engineers must integrate IBM technology into our
                      products while continuing to conduct our own research and
                      development activities

IBM will be our sole supplier of the head components for desktop hard drives
manufactured under this agreement. Our business and operating results would be
harmed if those heads fail to satisfy our quality requirements or if IBM is
unable to meet our volume or delivery requirements. While we believe that IBM's
current and planned manufacturing capacity will meet our projected requirements,
growth of our sales of hard drives with IBM technology is dependent upon IBM
continuing to devote substantial financial resources to support the manufacture
of the components.

We entered into the agreement expecting that IBM will continue to lead the hard
drive industry in storage capacity and performance. We also believed that we
could leverage that leadership into our own time-to-market and time-to-volume
advantage in the desktop portion of the market. If IBM does not maintain that
leadership, we may not realize the benefits we had anticipated.

Although the agreement contains restrictions on IBM's ability to license its
technology to other companies, it is not exclusive, and competitors may have
access to both the products and the underlying technology. The agreement
continues until 2001, subject to several conditions including our commitment to
purchase specified quantities of components from IBM.

Customer Concentration and Changing Customer Models

High volume customers for hard drives are concentrated among a small number of
computer manufacturers, distributors and retailers. We believe our relationships
with key customers are generally good. However, if we were to lose one or more
accounts, it could harm our operating results. Our customers are generally not
obligated to purchase any minimum volume and are generally able to terminate
their relationship with us at will. We have experienced reductions in our
business, with resulting loss of revenue, with some customers largely as a
result of delays and difficulties encountered in our transition to MR head
technology. Future changes in purchase volume or customer relationships
resulting in decreased demand for our hard drives, whether by loss of or delays
in orders, could harm our operating results.

The bottom line in our industry is that we must adapt to the ever changing needs
and desires of our customers. The trend among our customers is to hold smaller
inventories of components such as hard drives. This forces us to maintain a base
stock of product in locations adjacent to our customers' manufacturing
facilities and also complicates management of our inventory.

Some of our customers are considering or have already implemented a "channel
assembly" model in which the customer ships a minimal computer system to a
dealer or other assembler. We then ship parts directly to the assembler for
installation at its location. This exposes us to risk of inventory mismanagement
by both the customer and the assembler. Furthermore, if the assemblers are not
properly trained in manufacturing processes, it could increase the number of
product returns resulting from damage during assembly or improper installation.
The channel assembly model requires proper alignment between the customer and us
and requires us to retain more of our product in inventory. We are therefore
exposed to increased risk of inventory obsolescence.

Dependence on Suppliers of Components

We depend on qualified suppliers for components. We qualify suppliers much as
customers qualify us, and it is an arduous process. A number of the components
used by us are available from a single or limited number of outside suppliers.
If a component is in short supply or a supplier fails to qualify a component, we
may experience delays or increased costs in obtaining that component. To reduce
this risk, we attempt to provide significant lead times when buying these
components. We may have to pay significant cancellation charges to suppliers if
we cancel orders, whether because of market oversupply or transition to new
products or


                                       15
<PAGE>   16

technologies. This occurred in 1998 when we accelerated our transition to MR
recording head technology. Because we manufacture fewer of our components than
our competitors, an extended shortage of required components or the failure of
key suppliers to remain in business, adjust to market conditions, or to meet our
quality, yield or production requirements could harm us more severely than our
competitors.

Limitations on Protection and Use of Intellectual Property

The hard drive industry has been characterized by significant litigation,
including, but not limited to, litigation relating to patent and other
intellectual property rights as well as products liability claims. From time to
time, we receive notices of alleged patent infringement or notice of patents
from patent holders. If we receive a valid claim of infringement we may be
required to obtain a license or cross license from the patent holder or we may
have to modify our existing technology or design new non-infringing technology.
Either of these solutions can increase our costs and harm our operating results.
We may also be liable for any past infringement. We are currently evaluating
several such notices of infringement. One of them involves a company called
Papst Licensing, which is asserting claims relating to several motor patents. In
1994 Papst Licensing brought suit against us in federal court in California
alleging infringement by us of five of these motor patents. The patents relate
to disk drive motors that we purchase from motor vendors. Later that year Papst
dismissed its case without prejudice, but it has notified us that it intends to
reinstate the suit if we do not agree to enter into a license agreement with
Papst. Papst has also put us on notice with respect to several additional
patents. Although we do not believe that the outcome of this matter will
materially harm our operating results, loss of any intellectual property
litigation could force us to pay a large amount of money and/or prohibit us from
manufacturing some products. In addition, the costs of defending such litigation
may be high, regardless of the outcome.

Our success depends in significant part on the proprietary nature of our
technology. Our patents may not provide us with meaningful advantages and may be
challenged. In addition to patent protection of certain intellectual property
rights, we consider elements of our product designs and processes to be
proprietary and confidential. We also believe that our non-patentable
intellectual property, particularly some of our process technology, is an
important factor in our success. We rely upon employee, consultant and vendor
non-disclosure agreements and a system of internal safeguards to protect our
proprietary information. Despite these safeguards, to the extent that a
competitor is able to reproduce or otherwise capitalize on our technology, it
may be difficult, expensive or impossible for us to obtain necessary legal
protection. Also, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our
intellectual property to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

Estimates May be Changed or May be Different than Actual Results

We have made and continue to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating
to the reporting of assets and liabilities. These estimates include, but are not
limited to:

                  o   accruals for warranty against product defects

                  o   price adjustment reserves on products sold to resellers
                      and distributors

                  o   reserves for excess, obsolete and slow moving inventories

                  o   reserves for accounts receivable

                  o   estimates of product returns

The rapidly changing market conditions in the hard drive industry make it
difficult to estimate such accruals, and reserves and actual results may differ
significantly from our estimates and assumptions.

Fluctuations in Quarterly Results

We typically book and ship a high percentage of our total quarterly sales in the
third month of the quarter, which makes it difficult to match our product build
plans to customer demand for that quarter. If we do not forecast


                                       16
<PAGE>   17

total quarterly demand accurately, it can have a material adverse effect on our
quarterly results. Also, our operating results have been, and may in the future
be, subject to significant quarterly fluctuations as a result of a number of
other factors including:

o   the timing of orders from and shipment of products to major customers
o   our product mix
o   changes in the prices of our products
o   manufacturing delays or interruptions
o   acceptance by customers of competing products in lieu of our products
o   variations in the cost of components for our products
o   limited access to components that we obtain from a single or a limited
    number of suppliers
o   competition and consolidation in the data storage industry
o   seasonal and other fluctuations in demand for computers
o   general economic conditions.

Potential Harm from Changing Market Demands

Over the past two years the consumer market for desktop computers has shifted
significantly towards lower priced systems, especially those systems priced
below $1,000. These computers typically have hard drives with lower capacity and
performance than those which we produce. We currently participate in this market
only to a limited extent. If the market for those lower price systems continues
to grow and we do not develop lower cost hard drives that can successfully
compete in this market, our market share could continue to fall.

The market for hard drives is becoming more complex and fragmented. As
broadcasting and communications are increasingly digitized, industry analysts
expect that the technology of computers and consumer electronics and
communication devices will converge, and hard drives will be found in many
consumer products other than computers. We have recently entered into an
agreement with Sony Corporation to develop a new hard drive for consumer audio
and video applications. Some of our competitors have announced the development
of similar products. It is much too early to assess the impact, if any, of these
new developments or forecast any future market demands.

Foreign Manufacturing Risks

Our products are currently manufactured in Singapore and Malaysia. We are
subject to some risks associated with foreign manufacturing, including, but not
limited to:

           o   obtaining requisite United States and foreign governmental
               permits and approvals

           o   currency exchange rate fluctuations or restrictions

           o   political instability and civil unrest

           o   transportation delays or higher freight rates

           o   labor problems

           o   trade restrictions or higher tariffs

           o   exchange, currency and tax controls and reallocations

           o   loss or non-renewal of favorable tax treatment under agreements
               or treaties with foreign tax authorities

We attempt to manage the impact of foreign currency exchange rate changes by,
among other things, entering into short-term, forward exchange contracts.
However, those contracts do not cover our full exposure and can be canceled by
the issuer if currency controls are put in place, as recently occurred in
Malaysia.


                                       17
<PAGE>   18

Possible Price Volatility of Common Stock

The market price of our common stock has been, and may continue to be, extremely
volatile. Factors such as the following may significantly affect the market
price of our common stock:

           o   actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results

           o   announcements of technological innovations by us or our
               competitors

           o   new products introduced by us or our competitors

           o   periods of severe pricing pressures

           o   developments with respect to patents or proprietary rights

           o   conditions and trends in the hard drive industry

           o   changes in financial estimates by securities analysts

In addition, the stock market in recent months has experienced extreme price and
volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the stock price of many high
technology companies. These fluctuations are often unrelated to the operating
performance of the companies.

Securities class action lawsuits are often brought against companies after
periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. A number of such
suits have been filed against us in the past, and any of these litigation
matters could result in substantial costs and a diversion of resources and
management's attention.

Inability to Meet Future Capital Needs

In order to remain competitive, we will need to maintain adequate financial
resources for capital expenditures, working capital and research and
development. If we decide to increase or accelerate our capital expenditures or
research and development efforts, or if results of operations do not meet our
expectations, we could require additional debt or equity financing. However, we
cannot insure that additional financing will be available to us or available on
favorable terms. An equity financing could also be dilutive to our existing
stockholders.

Anti-Takeover Features

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could have
the effect of deterring or preventing some takeover attempts. We have also
adopted a shareholders rights plan that may have a similar effect.

Year 2000 Issue

The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer programs, microprocessors, and
embedded date reliant systems using two digits rather than four to define the
applicable year. We consider a product to be "Year 2000 compliant" if the
product's performance and functionality are unaffected by processing of dates
prior to, during and after the Year 2000, but only if all products (for example
hardware, software and firmware) used with the product properly exchange
accurate date data with it. We believe our hard drive products are Year 2000
compliant, although some older, non-hard drive products previously sold by us
may not be Year 2000 compliant. Litigation may be brought against makers of all
component products of systems that are not Year 2000 compliant. Our agreements
with customers typically contain provisions designed to limit our liability for
such claims. These provisions may not provide protection from liability,
however, because of existing or future federal, state or local laws or
ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions. Any such claims, with or without
merit, could materially harm our business.

We have committed people and resources to resolve potential Year 2000 issues,
both internally and externally (with respect to our suppliers and customers) for
both information technology assets and non-information


                                       18
<PAGE>   19

technology assets. We are identifying Year 2000 dependencies in our systems,
equipment and processes and we are implementing changes to such systems,
updating or replacing such equipment, and modifying such processes to make them
Year 2000 compliant. Each of our business sites has identified critical systems
for which contingency plans are being developed in the event of any disruption
caused by Year 2000 problems. Testing of our primary business transaction
application has been completed and all remaining testing is scheduled for
completion by the end of July 1999.

We are vulnerable to the failure of any of our key suppliers to remedy their
Year 2000 issues. Such failure could delay shipment of essential components and
disrupt or even halt our manufacturing operations. While all suppliers are being
notified of our Year 2000 compliance requirements, we have established specific
reviews with our critical suppliers, and they are requested to report their
progress to us on a quarterly basis. We regularly monitor this progress and are
actively involved with a few suppliers which are behind schedule.

We are also communicating with our large customers to determine the extent to
which we are vulnerable to their failure to remedy their own Year 2000 issues.
We also rely, both domestically and internationally, upon governmental agencies,
utility companies, telecommunication service companies and other service
providers outside of our control. We cannot insure that these third parties will
not suffer business disruption caused by a Year 2000 issue, which, in turn,
could materially harm our business.

We anticipate that our systems, equipment and processes will be substantially
Year 2000 compliant by the end of July 1999. Expenditures related to our Year
2000 project, which includes normal replacement of existing capital assets, were
approximately $7.5 million through December 1998 and are expected to amount to
approximately $35.0 million in total. Based on work to date, we believe that the
Year 2000 issue will not pose significant operational problems for us. However,
if we don't complete our remediation efforts on time, or if we fail to identify
all Year 2000 dependencies in our systems, equipment or processes or those of
our suppliers, customers or other organizations on which we rely, it could have
material adverse consequences for our business, including delays in the
manufacture or delivery of our products. As a result, we are developing
contingency plans in the event such problems arise. We expect to complete the
development of our contingency plans by the end of September, 1999.


                                       19
<PAGE>   20

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

DISCLOSURE ABOUT FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

   Although the majority of the Company's transactions are in U.S. Dollars, some
transactions are based in various foreign currencies. The Company purchases
short-term, forward exchange contracts to hedge the impact of foreign currency
fluctuations on certain underlying assets, liabilities and commitments for
operating expenses denominated in foreign currencies. The purpose of entering
into these hedge transactions is to minimize the impact of foreign currency
fluctuations on the results of operations. A majority of the increases or
decreases in the Company's local currency operating expenses are offset by gains
and losses on the hedges. The contracts have maturity dates that do not exceed
twelve months. The unrealized gains and losses on these contracts are deferred
and recognized in the results of operations in the period in which the hedged
transaction is consummated. The Company does not purchase short-term forward
exchange contracts for trading purposes.

   Historically, the Company has focused on hedging its foreign currency risk
related to the Singapore Dollar and the Malaysian Ringgit. With the
establishment of currency controls and the prohibition of purchases or sales of
the Malaysian Ringgit by offshore companies, the Company has discontinued
hedging its Malaysian Ringgit currency risk. Future hedging of this currency
will depend on currency conditions in Malaysia.

   As of December 26, 1998, the Company had outstanding the following purchased
foreign currency forward contracts (in millions, except average contract rate):




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DEC. 26, 1998
                                                  ------------------------------------
                                                  CONTRACT    WEIGHTED      UNREALIZED
                                                   AMOUNT      AVERAGE          LOSS*
                                                  --------  CONTRACT RATE    ----------
                                                            -------------
                                                    (U.S. DOLLAR EQUIVALENT AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                <C>      <C>              <C>
Foreign currency forward contracts:                                          
  Singapore Dollar............................     $80.9      1.6694           $0.5
                                                   =====                       ====
</TABLE>

- ------------
* The unrealized losses on these contracts are deferred and recognized in the
  results of operations in the period in which the hedged transactions are
  consummated, at which time the losses are offset by the decreased U.S. Dollar
  value of the local currency operating expenses.

DISCLOSURE ABOUT OTHER MARKET RISKS

   At December 26, 1998, the market value of the Company's 5.25% zero coupon
convertible subordinated debentures due in 2018 was approximately $410 million,
compared to the related carrying value of $481.5 million. The convertible
debentures will be repurchased by the Company, at the option of the holder, as
of February 18, 2003, February 18, 2008, or February 18, 2013, or if there is a
Fundamental Change (as defined in the Debenture documents), at the issue price
plus accrued original issue discount to the date of redemption.


                                       20
<PAGE>   21

PART II.       OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company was sued by Amstrad PLC ("Amstrad") in December 1992 in Orange
County Superior Court. The complaint alleges that hard drives supplied by the
Company in calendar 1988 and 1989 were defective and caused damages to Amstrad
of $186.0 million in out-of-pocket expenses, lost profits, injury to Amstrad's
reputation and loss of goodwill. The Company filed a counterclaim for $3.0
million in actual damages in addition to exemplary damages in an unspecified
amount. Trial of this case commenced October 5, 1998, and on January 5, 1999,
with the jury deadlocked on the issue of liability, a mistrial was declared.
Retrial of the case is set for March 1, 1999. The Company believes that it has
meritorious defenses to Amstrad's claims and is vigorously defending itself
against the Amstrad claims and pressing its claims against Amstrad in this
action. Although the Company believes that the final disposition of this matter
will not have an adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or
operating results, if Amstrad were to prevail on its claims, a judgment for a
material amount could be awarded against the Company.

ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

The annual meeting of shareholders was held on November 5, 1998. The
shareholders elected the following eight directors to hold office until the next
annual meeting and until their successors are elected and qualified:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Number of Votes
                                                                       ---------------
                                                                  For            Withheld
                                                                  ---            --------
               <S>                                             <C>              <C>      
               James A. Abrahamson ...........                 81,737,139        1,556,300
               Peter D. Behrendt .............                 81,742,961        1,550,478
               I. M. Booth ...................                 81,740,158        1,553,281
               Irwin Federman ................                 81,745,359        1,548,080
               Charles A. Haggerty ...........                 81,742,444        1,551,995
               Andre R. Horn .................                 81,749,005        1,544,434
               Anne O. Krueger ...............                 81,739,485        1,553,954
               Thomas E. Pardun ..............                 81,752,685        1,540,754
</TABLE>


         In addition, the shareholders approved the following proposals:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Number of Votes
                                                                       ---------------
                                                                  For            Against*
                                                                  ---            --------

         <S>    <C>                                             <C>              <C>      
         1.    To approve the amendment to the Company's
               Employee Stock Option Plan authorizing an
               additional 10,000,000 shares.                   38,257,800        9,990,509

         2.    To ratify the selection of KPMG LLP
               as independent accountants for the Company
               for the fiscal year ended July 3, 1999.         82,263,317        1,030,122
</TABLE>
         *  includes abstentions


                                       21
<PAGE>   22

ITEM 6.   EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

    (a)   EXHIBITS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
         EXHIBIT
          NUMBER                       DESCRIPTION
          -------                      -----------

         <S>     <C>                 
         4.1.1  Rights Agreement dated as of October 15, 1998 between Western
                Digital Corporation and American Stock Transfer and Trust
                Company, as Rights Agent, which includes as Exhibit B thereto
                the Form of Rights Certificate to be distributed to holders of
                Rights after the Distribution Date (as that term is defined in
                the Rights Agreement) (1)

         10.1.4 Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated Employee Stock
                Option Plan as amended on November 5, 1998 * **

         10.38  Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of
                November 4, 1998 among Western Digital Corporation, BankBoston
                N.A. and other lending institutions listed therein *

         27     Financial Data Schedule

</TABLE>


*   New exhibit filed with this Report.

**  Compensation plan, contract or arrangement required to be filed as an
    exhibit pursuant to applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange
    Commission.

(1) Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8A (No. 001-08703) as filed
    with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 19, 1998


     (b) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K:

         On October 26, 1998, the Company filed a current report on Form 8-K to
         file its press release dated October 19, 1998 announcing its first
         quarter results. On November 19, 1998, the Company filed a current
         report on Form 8-K to file its recently adopted stockholders rights
         plan, which replaced its existing stockholders rights plan which
         expired in November 1998. On January 19, 1999, the Company filed a
         current report on Form 8-K to file its press release dated January 19,
         1999 announcing its second quarter results.


                                       22
<PAGE>   23

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


                                            WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION         
                                            ----------------------------
                                            Registrant



                                            /s/Duston Williams                  
                                            ----------------------------
                                            Duston M. Williams
                                            Senior Vice President
                                            and Chief Financial Officer


Date:   February 8, 1999

                                       23
<PAGE>   24

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          EXHIBIT
          NUMBER                       DESCRIPTION
          -------                      -----------

         <S>     <C>                 
         4.1.1  Rights Agreement dated as of October 15, 1998 between Western
                Digital Corporation and American Stock Transfer and Trust
                Company, as Rights Agent, which includes as Exhibit B thereto
                the Form of Rights Certificate to be distributed to holders of
                Rights after the Distribution Date (as that term is defined in
                the Rights Agreement) (1)

         10.1.4 Western Digital Corporation Amended and Restated Employee Stock
                Option Plan as amended on November 5, 1998 * **

         10.38  Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of
                November 4, 1998 among Western Digital Corporation, BankBoston
                N.A. and other lending institutions listed therein *

         27     Financial Data Schedule

</TABLE>


*   New exhibit filed with this Report.

**  Compensation plan, contract or arrangement required to be filed as an
    exhibit pursuant to applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange
    Commission.

(1) Incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8A (No. 001-08703) as filed
    with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 19, 1998

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.1.4


                           WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN


        1. Purpose. The purpose of this Western Digital Corporation Employee
Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is to further the growth and development of
Western Digital Corporation (the "Company") and its subsidiaries by providing,
through ownership of stock of the Company, an incentive to officers and other
key employees who are in a position to contribute materially to the prosperity
of the Company, to increase such persons' interest in the Company's welfare, to
encourage them to continue their services to the Company or its subsidiaries,
and to attract individuals of outstanding ability to enter the employment of the
Company or its subsidiaries.

        2. Incentive and Nonqualified Stock Options. Two types of options
(referred to herein as "options" without distinction between such two types) may
be granted under the Plan: options intended to qualify as incentive stock
options ("Incentive Stock Options") under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"); and other options not specifically
authorized or qualified for favorable income tax treatment by the Code
("Nonqualified Stock Options").

        3. Administration.

        3.1 Administration by Board. Subject to Section 3.2, the Plan shall be
administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"). Subject to
the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have authority to construe and
interpret the Plan, to promulgate, amend, and rescind rules and regulations
relating to its administration, from time to time to select from among the
eligible employees (as determined pursuant to Section 4) of the Company and its
subsidiaries those employees to whom options will be granted, to determine the
timing and manner of the grant of the options, to determine the exercise price,
the number of shares covered by and all of the terms of the options, to
determine the duration and purpose of leaves of absence which may be granted to
optionees without constituting termination of their employment for purposes of
the Plan, and to make all of the determinations necessary or advisable for
administration of the Plan. The interpretation and construction by the Board of
any provision of the Plan, or of any grant or agreement issued and executed
under the Plan, shall be final and binding upon all parties. No member of the
Board shall be liable for any action or determination undertaken or made in good
faith with respect to the Plan or any agreement executed pursuant to the Plan.

        3.2 Administration by Committee. The Board may, in its sole discretion,
delegate any or all of its administrative duties to a committee appointed by the
Board (the "Committee") consisting of three Board members, each of whom, during
such time as one or more persons eligible to receive options under the Plan is
subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act") shall be disinterested within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under
the Exchange Act (or any successor rule, "Rule 16b-3") and shall qualify as
"outside directors" as defined in the regulations under Code Section 162(m),
provided, however, that the Board may from time to time increase the size of the
Committee, and add additional members to, or remove members from, the Committee.
The Committee shall act pursuant to a majority vote, or the written consent of a
majority of its members, and minutes shall be kept of all of its meetings and
copies thereof shall be provided to the Board. Subject to the provisions of the
Plan and the directions of the Board, the Committee may establish and follow
such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it may deem
advisable. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or
determination undertaken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any
agreement executed pursuant to the Plan. The Board or the Committee, as the case
may be, is sometimes referred to herein as the "Administrator."

        4. Eligibility. Any employee (including any officer who is an employee)
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries who does not own stock possessing more
than 10% of the total combined voting power of all outstanding shares of all
classes of stock of the Company or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations
shall be eligible to receive a grant or grants of such options under the Plan;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any employee of the
Company who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting
power of all outstanding shares of all classes of stock of the Company or any of
its parent or subsidiary corporations shall be eligible to receive a grant or
grants of such options under the Plan if at the time such options are granted
the option exercise price therefor is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value (as
defined below) of the shares subject to the option and such option by its terms


                                       1

<PAGE>   2

is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date such option
is granted. An employee may receive more than one option under the Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no person who is a director of the Company shall
be eligible to receive an option under the Plan unless the granting of such
option shall be effected in such a manner as not to impair the Plan's
qualification under Rule 16b-3.

        5. Shares Subject to Options. The stock available for issuance upon
exercise of stock options granted under the Plan shall be shares of the
Company's authorized but unissued, or reacquired, Common Stock. The aggregate
number of shares that may be issued after September 5, 1985, pursuant to
exercise of options granted under the Plan shall not exceed 40,900,000 shares of
Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided herein). In the event that any
outstanding option under the Plan for any reason expires or is terminated, the
shares of Common Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of the option shall
not count against the share limit set forth herein and shall again be available
for issuance upon exercise of stock options granted under the Plan as if no
option had been granted with respect to such shares.

        6. Terms and Conditions of Options.

        6.1 Grants of Options. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan,
the Administrator shall from time to time in its discretion select those
individuals to whom options shall be granted, and shall determine the terms of
such options (which need not be identical) and the number of shares of Common
Stock for which each may be exercised. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
herein, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which an option or
options may be granted to any optionee in any one taxable year of the Company
shall not exceed 400,000, subject to adjustment as provided herein (the "Maximum
Annual Employee Grant"). Each option shall be subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plan and such other terms and conditions established by the
Administrator as are not inconsistent with the purpose and provisions of the
Plan.

        6.2 Agreements or Confirming Memos. Options granted under the Plan may
but need not be evidenced by agreements (which need not be identical) in such
form and containing such provisions consistent with the Plan as the
Administrator shall from time to time approve. Options not documented by written
agreement shall be memorialized by a written confirming memorandum stating the
material terms of the option and provided to the option recipient. Each
agreement or confirming memorandum shall specify whether the subject option is
an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

        6.3 Optionee's Employment. Each optionee shall agree to remain in the
employ of, and to render services to, the Company or its subsidiaries for a
period of one year from the date the option is granted, but neither the Company
nor any of its subsidiaries shall be obligated to continue to employ the
optionee for any period.

        6.4 Option Exercise Price. The purchase price for the shares subject to
any option shall be determined by the Administrator but shall not be less than
100% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock of the Company on
the date the option is granted. For purposes of the Plan, the "Fair Market
Value" of any share of Common Stock of the Company at any date shall be (a) if
the Common Stock is listed on an established stock exchange or exchanges, the
last reported sale price per share on such date on the principal exchange on
which it is traded, or if no sale was made on such date on such principal
exchange, at the closing reported bid price on such date on such exchange, or
(b) if the Common Stock is not then listed on an exchange, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices per share for the Common Stock in the
over-the-counter market as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market on such date, or
(c) if the Common Stock is not then listed on an exchange or quoted on the
Nasdaq National Market, an amount determined in good faith by the Administrator.

        6.5 Medium and Time of Payment. The purchase price for any shares
purchased pursuant to exercise of an option granted under the Plan shall be paid
in full upon exercise of the option in cash or such other consideration as the
Administrator may deem acceptable, including without limitation securities of
the Company (delivered by or on behalf of the person exercising the option or
retained by the Company from the stock otherwise issuable upon exercise and
valued at Fair Market Value as of the exercise date), provided, however, that
the Administrator may, in the exercise of its discretion, allow exercise of an
option in a broker-assisted or similar transaction in which the exercise price
is not received by the Company until promptly after exercise. Shares of Common
Stock transferred to the Company upon exercise of an option shall not increase
the number of shares available for issuance upon exercise of options granted


                                       2

<PAGE>   3

under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may extend and
maintain, or arrange for the extension and maintenance of, credit to any
optionee to finance the optionee's purchase of shares pursuant to exercise of
any option, on such terms as may be approved by the Administrator, subject to
applicable regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and any other laws or
regulations in effect at the time such credit is extended.

        6.6 Option Period and Vesting. Subject to Section 6.14, options granted
under the Plan shall vest and may be exercised as determined by the
Administrator, except that no option may vest and become exercisable at any time
prior to six months from the date the option is granted. Exercise of options
after termination of the optionee's employment shall be subject to Sections 6.13
and 6.14. Each option granted hereunder and all rights or obligations under such
option shall expire on such date as shall be determined by the Administrator,
but not later than ten years after the date the option is granted, or five years
after the date of grant in the case of an option recipient who at the time of
grant owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all outstanding
shares of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its parent or subsidiary
corporations, and shall be subject to earlier termination as herein provided.

        6.7 Exercise of Options. To the extent that an optionee has the right to
exercise an option, the option may be exercised from time to time by written
notice to the Company stating the number of shares being purchased and
accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price for such shares, except
that in no event shall the Company be required to issue fractional shares upon
the exercise of an option, and the Administrator may, in its discretion, require
that any exercise of an option be for at least 100 shares or, if less, the total
number of shares for which the option is then exercisable. Any certificate(s)
for outstanding securities of the Company used to pay the purchase price shall
be accompanied by stock power(s) duly endorsed in blank by the registered holder
of the certificate(s). In the event the certificate(s) tendered by the optionee
in such payment cover more shares than are required for such payment, the
certificate(s) shall also be accompanied by instructions from the optionee to
the Company's transfer agent with respect to disposition of the balance of the
securities covered thereby. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan,
the Administrator may impose such conditions upon the exercise of options
(including, without limitation, conditions limiting the time of exercise to
specified periods) as may be required to satisfy applicable regulatory
requirements, including without limitation Rule 16b-3, other relevant securities
laws and rules, and any applicable section of or rule under the Code. Whenever
shares of stock are to be issued upon exercise of an option granted under the
Plan or subsequently transferred, the Administrator shall have the right to
require the optionee or transferor to remit to the Company an amount sufficient
to satisfy any federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to
the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such shares. The
Administrator may, in the exercise of its discretion, allow satisfaction of tax
withholding requirements by accepting delivery of securities of the Company or
by withholding a portion of the stock otherwise issuable upon exercise of an
option.

        6.8 Nonassignability. No option granted under the Plan shall be
assignable or transferable except (i) by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution, or (ii) subject to the final sentence of this Section 6.8, upon
dissolution of marriage pursuant to a property settlement or domestic relations
order, or (iii) as permitted on a case-by-case basis in the discretion of, and
subject to such conditions as may be imposed by, the Administrator to permit
transfers to immediate family members, family trusts or family foundations of
the grantee under circumstances that would not adversely affect the interests of
the Company. During the lifetime of an optionee, an option granted to him or her
shall be exercisable only by the optionee (or the optionee's permitted
transferee) or his or her guardian or legal representative. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Incentive Stock Options may not be assigned or transferred in
violation of Section 422(b)(5) of the Code (or any successor provision) or the
Treasury Regulations thereunder, and nothing herein is intended to allow such
assignment or transfer.

        6.9 Limit on Incentive Stock Options. Subject to Section 12.1, the
aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the option is granted) of
the stock for which Incentive Stock Options granted to any one employee under
all stock option plans of the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations
first become exercisable during any calendar year after December 31, 1986 shall
not exceed $100,000.

        6.10 Restriction on Issuance of Shares. The issuance of options and
shares shall be subject to compliance with all of the applicable requirements of
law with respect to the issuance and sale of securities, including, without
limitation, any required qualification under the California Corporate Securities
Law of 1968, as amended.

                                       3

<PAGE>   4

        6.11 Investment Representation. Any optionee may be required, as a
condition of issuance of shares covered by his or her option, to represent that
the shares to be acquired pursuant to exercise of the option will be acquired
for investment and without a view to distribution thereof; and in such case, the
Company may place a legend on the certificate evidencing the shares reflecting
the fact that they were acquired for investment and cannot be sold or
transferred unless registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
unless counsel for the Company is satisfied that the circumstances of the
proposed transfer do not require such registration, and in addition, the Company
may issue stop transfer instructions to the transfer agent of the Company's
securities restricting the transfer of such shares.

        6.12 Rights as a Shareholder or Employee. An optionee or transferee of
an option shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to
any shares covered by any option until (i) the Company has received all amounts
payable in connection with the exercise of the option, including the exercise
price and any amounts required by the Company to satisfy tax withholding
requirements, and (ii) a share certificate for such shares has been issued. No
adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether cash,
securities, or other property) or distributions or other rights for which the
record date is prior to the date such share certificate is issued, except as
provided in Section 6.15. Nothing in the Plan or in any grant or option
agreement shall confer upon any employee any right to continue in the employ of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or interfere in any way with any right of
the Company or any subsidiary to terminate the optionee's employment at any
time.

        6.13 Termination of Employment, Disability, or Death. In general,
subject to Section 6.14, options shall be exercisable by an optionee (or his or
her permitted successor in interest) following such optionee's termination of
employment only to the extent that such options had become exercisable on or
prior to the date of such termination. In the event an optionee ceases to be an
employee of the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason (other than cause)
while still living, any option or unexercised portion thereof granted to the
optionee may, to the extent such option was exercisable by the optionee on or
prior to the date he or she ceased to be an employee (or is accelerated pursuant
to Section 6.14 to a date within three months of termination of employment), be
exercised by the optionee within three months of the date on which he or she
ceased to be an employee, but in any event not later than the date of expiration
of the option. In the event of the death or disability (as defined in Section
105(d)(4) of the Code) of the optionee while he or she is an employee of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries or within not more than three months of the
date on which he or she ceased to be an employee for any reason other than
cause, any option or unexercised portion thereof granted to the optionee may, to
the extent such option was exercisable by the optionee on or prior to the date
of death or disability (or is accelerated pursuant to Section 6.14 to a date
within the period during which such option may be exercised as set forth below),
be exercised by the optionee or, if the optionee is then deceased or
incapacitated, by the optionee's personal representatives, heirs, or legatees at
any time prior to the later of (i) one year from the date on which the optionee
ceased to be an employee or (ii) the latest date the option could have been
exercised by the optionee if not disabled or dead, but in any event, not later
than the date of expiration of the option. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
however, if an optionee's employment with the Company and its subsidiaries is
terminated for cause, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion,
all options held by such optionee shall expire on the date of termination of
employment and thereafter shall not be exercisable in whole or in part.

        6.14 Modification, Extension, and Renewal of Options; Alteration of
Vesting and Exercise Periods. Subject to the terms and conditions and within the
specific limitations of the Plan, the Administrator may modify, extend, or renew
outstanding options granted under the Plan, accept the surrender of outstanding
options (to the extent not theretofore exercised), and authorize the granting of
new options in substitution therefor (to the extent not theretofore exercised)
except that no such modification, extension or renewal shall result in a
reduction in the exercise price of such option. Without limitation of the
foregoing and notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the
Administrator may at any time and from time to time in its discretion (i)
designate shorter or longer periods than specified herein or in any particular
option grant or agreement following the termination of an optionee's employment
with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the optionee's death or
disability during which the optionee may exercise options, provided, however,
that any shorter periods determined by the Administrator shall be effective only
if determined at the time of the grant of the affected option or if such shorter
period is agreed to in writing by the optionee, and any longer periods may not
extend beyond the original termination date of the affected option; (ii) subject
to the six-month minimum vesting period described in Section 6.6, accelerate
vesting of an option in whole or part by increasing the number of shares
purchasable at any particular time, provided that no such acceleration shall
increase the total number of shares for which the option may be exercised; and
(iii) extend the period after death or disability or 


                                       4

<PAGE>   5

termination of employment during which vesting of all or any portion of any
options that had not become exercisable on or prior to the date thereof may
occur. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no option shall be modified in such a
manner as to impair any rights of the optionee under the option, or to cause an
Incentive Stock Option to cease to qualify as such, without the consent of the
optionee.

        6.15 Recapitalization or Reorganization of the Company. Except as
otherwise provided herein, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be
made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan, the Maximum Annual
Employee Grant, the option rights granted under the Plan, and the exercise price
of such option rights, in the event of a stock dividend (but only on Common
Stock), stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization,
merger, consolidation, separation, or like change in the capital structure of
the Company affecting the Common Stock of the Company. In the event of a
liquidation of the Company, or a merger, reorganization, or consolidation of the
Company with any other corporation in which the Company is not the surviving
corporation or the Company becomes a wholly-owned subsidiary of another
corporation, any unexercised options theretofore granted under the Plan shall be
deemed canceled unless the surviving corporation in any such merger,
reorganization, or consolidation elects to assume the options under the Plan or
to issue substitute options in place thereof; provided, however, that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, if such options would otherwise be canceled in
accordance with the foregoing, the optionee shall have the right, exercisable
during a ten-day period ending on the fifth day prior to such liquidation,
merger, reorganization, or consolidation, to exercise the optionee's option in
whole or in part without regard to any installment exercise provisions in the
optionee's option agreement. To the extent that the foregoing adjustments relate
to stock or securities of the Company, such adjustments shall be made by the
Administrator, the determination of which in that respect shall be final,
binding, and conclusive, provided that an Incentive Stock Option shall not
without the consent of the optionee be adjusted in a manner that causes the
option to fail to continue to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

        7. Termination or Amendment of Plan. The Board or the Committee may at
any time or from time to time suspend, terminate or amend the Plan; provided
that, without approval of the shareholders of the Company, there shall be,
except as specifically permitted by the Plan, no increase in the total number of
shares issuable upon exercise of options granted under the Plan, no change in
the class of persons eligible to receive options granted under the Plan, and no
extension of the latest date upon which options may be granted under the Plan;
and provided further that, without the consent of the optionee, no amendment may
adversely affect any then outstanding option or any unexercised portion thereof
without the consent of the holder of such option.

        8. Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification
as they may have as members of the Board or the Committee, the members of the
Board or the Committee administering the Plan shall be indemnified by the
Company against reasonable expenses, including attorney's fees, actually and
necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit, or
proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of
them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in
connection with the Plan or any option granted thereunder, and against all
amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved
by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in
satisfaction of a judgment in any action, suit, or proceeding, except in
relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit, or
proceeding that such member is liable for negligence or misconduct in the
performance of his or her duties, provided that within 60 days after institution
of any such action, suit, or proceeding, the member shall in writing offer the
Company the opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same.

        9. 1978 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan. The Plan as set forth herein
constitutes an amendment and restatement of the Company's 1978 Nonqualified
Stock Option Plan which was adopted in 1978. The Administrator may, in its
discretion, authorize the conversion, to the fullest extent permitted by law, of
Nonqualified Stock Options granted under the 1978 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan
prior to such amendment to Incentive Stock Options under this Plan, as so
amended. Any such options converted to Incentive Stock Options shall be treated
as Incentive Stock Options for all purposes under the Plan; provided, however,
that none of the terms or conditions of any of such options, including, but not
limited to, the exercise price, the term of the option, and the time(s) within
which the option may be exercised, shall be altered or amended by reason of such
conversion.


                                       5

<PAGE>   6

        10. Options Granted Prior to Amendment and Restatement. The Plan, as
amended and restated from time to time, shall, in the discretion of the
Administrator, apply to and govern options granted under the Plan prior to the
date of any such amendment or restatement, subject to the consent of any holder
of an option who would be disadvantaged by application to such option of the
Plan as amended and restated after the grant of such option.

        11. Term of Plan. Unless sooner terminated by the Board or the Committee
in its sole discretion, the Plan will expire on November 10, 2004 (the
"Termination Date"). Options may be granted under the Plan until midnight on the
Termination Date, whereupon the Plan shall terminate. No options may be granted
during any suspension of the Plan or after its termination. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, each option properly granted under the Plan shall remain in effect
until such option has been exercised or terminated in accordance with its terms
and the terms of the Plan.

        12.  Miscellaneous.

        12.1 Plan Provisions Regarding Incentive Stock Options. Options
originally granted as Incentive Stock Options but that subsequently become
Nonqualified Stock Options need not satisfy any requirements of the Plan
applicable to Incentive Stock Options.

        12.2 Other Compensation Plans. The adoption of this Plan shall not
affect any other stock option, incentive, or compensation plans in effect for
the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and the Plan shall not preclude the
Company or any of its subsidiaries from establishing any other forms of
incentive compensation for employees, directors, or advisors of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries.

                                       ###

As amended (Section 5, 6.4, 6.14) and restated 11/14/96
Amended 03/20/97:  (Section 6.8)
2-for-1 Stock Split/Dividend 05/20/97:  Doubled authorized shares to 30,900,000
Amended 11/13/97: (Section 3.2)
Amended 11/05/98: (Section 5.) Increased authorized shares to 40,900,000

                                       6



<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.38



                                REVOLVING CREDIT
                             AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT



                          dated as of November 4, 1998



                                      among




                          WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION,
                                BANKBOSTON, N.A.
         and the other lending institutions listed on Schedule 1 hereto



                                       and



                       BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS INC.
                  having acted as arranger for this transaction


<PAGE>   2


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
1.   DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION.......................................1
        1.1.   Definitions.........................................................1
        1.2.   Rules of Interpretation.............................................21
2.   THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY.................................................23
        2.1.   Commitment to Lend..................................................23
        2.2.   Commitment Fee......................................................23
        2.3.   Reduction of Total Commitment.......................................23
        2.4.   The Revolving Credit Notes..........................................24
        2.5.   Interest on Revolving Credit Loans..................................24
        2.6.   Requests for Revolving Credit Loans.................................24
               2.6.1.   General....................................................24
               2.6.2.   Swing Line.................................................25
        2.7.   Conversion Options..................................................25
               2.7.1.   Conversion to Different Type of Revolving Credit Loan......25
               2.7.2.   Continuation of Type of Revolving Credit Loan..............26
               2.7.3.   Eurodollar Rate Loans......................................26
        2.8.   Funds for Revolving Credit Loan.....................................26
               2.8.1.   Funding Procedures.........................................26
               2.8.2.   Advances by Agent..........................................27
        2.9.   Change in Borrowing Base............................................27
        2.10.  Settlements.........................................................27
               2.10.1.   General...................................................27
               2.10.2.   Failure to Make Funds Available...........................28
               2.10.3.   No Effect on Other Banks..................................28
        2.11.  Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans Prior to Event of Default......29
               2.11.1. Credit for Funds Received in Concentration Account..........29
               2.11.2. Application of Payments Prior to Event of Default...........29
        2.12.   Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans After Event of Default........31
3.   REPAYMENT OF THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.......................................31
        3.1.   Maturity............................................................31
        3.2.   Mandatory Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans......................31
        3.3.   Optional Repayments of Revolving Credit Loans.......................31
4.   THE TERM LOAN.................................................................32
        4.1.   Commitment to Lend..................................................32
        4.2.   The Term Notes......................................................32
        4.3.   Schedule of Installment Payments of Principal of Term Loan..........32
        4.4.   Optional Prepayment of Term Loan....................................32
        4.5.   Interest on Term Loan...............................................33
               4.5.1.   Interest Rates.............................................33
               4.5.2.   Notification by Borrower...................................33
               4.5.3.   Amounts, etc...............................................34
        4.6.   Mandatory Repayments of Term Loan...................................34
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   3

                                       ii

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
               4.6.1.   Term Loan..................................................34
               4.6.2.   Proceeds of Asset Sales and Equity Issuances...............34
5.   LETTERS OF CREDIT.............................................................34
        5.1.   Letter of Credit Commitments........................................34
               5.1.1.   Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit......................34
               5.1.2.   Letter of Credit Applications..............................35
               5.1.3.   Terms of Letters of Credit.................................35
               5.1.4.   Reimbursement Obligations of Banks.........................35
               5.1.5.   Participations of Banks....................................36
               5.1.6.   Duty Deferment Guarantee/ABN Standby Letter of Credit......36
        5.2.   Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower............................36
        5.3.   Letter of Credit Payments...........................................37
        5.4.   Obligations Absolute................................................37
        5.5.   Reliance by Issuer..................................................38
        5.6.   Letter of Credit Fee................................................38
6.   CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS....................................................38
        6.1.   Fees................................................................38
        6.2.   Funds for Payments..................................................38
               6.2.1.   Payments to Agent..........................................38
               6.2.2.   No Offset, etc.............................................39
               6.2.3.   Currency Matters...........................................39
                      6.2.3.1.   Currency of Account...............................39
                      6.2.3.2.   Currency Fluctuations.............................39
               6.2.4.   European Monetary Union....................................41
        6.3.   Computations........................................................41
        6.4.   Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate..............................42
        6.5.   Illegality..........................................................42
        6.6.   Additional Costs, etc...............................................42
        6.7.   Capital Adequacy....................................................43
        6.8.   Certificate.........................................................44
        6.9.   Indemnity...........................................................44
        6.10.  Interest After Default..............................................44
               6.10.1.   Overdue Amounts...........................................44
               6.10.2.   Amounts Not Overdue.......................................44
7.   COLLATERAL SECURITY AND GUARANTIES............................................45
        7.1.   Security of Borrower................................................45
        7.2.   Guaranties and Security of Subsidiaries.............................45
8.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES................................................45
        8.1.   Corporate Authority.................................................45
               8.1.1.   Incorporation; Good Standing...............................45
               8.1.2.   Authorization..............................................45
               8.1.3.   Enforceability.............................................45
        8.2.   Governmental Approvals..............................................46
        8.3.   Title to Properties; Leases.........................................46
        8.4.   Financial Statements and Projections................................46
               8.4.1.   Fiscal Year................................................46
               8.4.2.   Financial Statements.......................................46
               8.4.3.   Projections................................................46
        8.5.   No Material Changes, etc............................................47
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   4

                                      iii

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
        8.6.   Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, etc................................47
        8.7.   Litigation..........................................................47
        8.8.   No Materially Adverse Contracts, etc................................47
        8.9.   Compliance with Other Instruments, Laws, etc........................47
        8.10.  Tax Status..........................................................47
        8.11.  No Event of Default.................................................48
        8.12.  Holding Company and Investment Company Acts.........................48
        8.13.  Absence of Financing Statements, etc................................48
        8.14.  Perfection of Security Interest.....................................48
        8.15.  Certain Transactions................................................48
        8.16.  Employee Benefit Plans..............................................49
               8.16.1.   In General................................................49
               8.16.2.   Terminability of Welfare Plans............................49
               8.16.3.   Guaranteed Pension Plans..................................49
               8.16.4.   Multiemployer Plans.......................................49
        8.17.  Use of Proceeds.....................................................50
               8.17.1.   General...................................................50
               8.17.2.   Regulations U and X.......................................50
               8.17.3.   Ineligible Securities.....................................50
        8.18.  Environmental Compliance............................................50
        8.19.  Subsidiaries, etc...................................................52
        8.20.  Chief Executive Office..............................................52
        8.21.  Disclosure..........................................................52
        8.22.  Insurance...........................................................52
        8.23.  Status of Loan as Senior Debt.......................................52
        8.24.  No Other Designated Senior Debt.....................................52
        8.25.  Mandatory Redemptions and Repurchases...............................52
        8.26.  Year 2000 Problem...................................................53
        8.27.  Bank Accounts.......................................................53
9.   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.........................................54
        9.1.   Punctual Payment....................................................54
        9.2.   Maintenance of Office...............................................54
        9.3.   Records and Accounts................................................54
        9.4.   Financial Statements, Certificates and Information..................54
        9.5.   Notices.............................................................56
               9.5.1.   Defaults...................................................56
               9.5.2.   Environmental Events.......................................56
               9.5.3.   Notification of Claim against Collateral...................57
               9.5.4.   Notice of Litigation and Judgments.........................57
               9.5.5.   Notices Concerning Inventory Collateral....................57
        9.6.   Corporate Existence; Maintenance of Properties......................57
        9.7.   Insurance...........................................................58
        9.8.   Taxes...............................................................58
        9.9.   Inspection of Properties and Books, etc.............................58
               9.9.1.   General....................................................58
               9.9.2.   Collateral Reports.........................................58
               9.9.3.   Communications with Accountants............................59
        9.10.  Compliance with Laws, Contracts, Licenses, and Permits..............59
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   5

                                       iv

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
        9.11.   Employee Benefit Plans.............................................59
        9.12.   Use of Proceeds....................................................59
        9.13.   Guarantors.........................................................60
        9.14.   Additional Subsidiaries............................................60
        9.15.   Accounts...........................................................60
                9.15.1.  General...................................................60
                9.15.2.  Acknowledgment of Application.............................60
        9.16.   Agency Account Agreements..........................................61
        9.17.   Landlord Waivers...................................................61
        9.18.   Further Assurances.................................................61
10.   CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER...................................61
        10.1.   Restrictions on Indebtedness.......................................61
        10.2.   Restrictions on Liens..............................................62
        10.3.   Restrictions on Investments........................................64
        10.4.   Distributions......................................................65
        10.5.   Merger, Consolidation and Disposition of Assets....................65
                10.5.1.  Mergers and Acquisitions..................................65
                10.5.2.  Disposition of Assets.....................................67
        10.6.   Sale and Leaseback.................................................67
        10.7.   Compliance with Environmental Laws.................................67
        10.8.   Subordinated Debt..................................................68
        10.9.   Senior Debt........................................................68
        10.10.  Employee Benefit Plans.............................................68
        10.11.  Changes in Terms of Capital Stock..................................69
        10.12.  Fiscal Year........................................................69
        10.13.  Negative Pledges...................................................69
        10.14.  Transactions with Affiliates.......................................69
        10.15.  Upstream Limitations...............................................69
        10.16.  Inconsistent Agreements............................................69
        10.17.  Bank Accounts......................................................69
11.   FINANCIAL COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER..........................................70
        11.1.   Consolidated Tangible Capital Funds................................70
        11.2.   Capital Expenditures...............................................70
12.   CLOSING CONDITIONS...........................................................70
        12.1.   Loan Documents.....................................................70
        12.2.   Certified Copies of Charter Documents..............................71
        12.3.   Corporate Action...................................................71
        12.4.   Incumbency Certificate.............................................71
        12.5.   Validity of Liens..................................................71
        12.6.   Perfection Certificates and UCC Search Results.....................71
        12.7.   Certificates of Insurance..........................................71
        12.8.   Borrowing Base Report..............................................71
        12.9.   Accounts Receivable Aging Report...................................71
        12.10.  Solvency Certificate...............................................72
        12.11.  Opinion of Counsel.................................................72
        12.12.  Payment of Fees....................................................72
        12.13.  Disbursement Instructions..........................................72
        12.14.  Consents...........................................................72
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   6

                                       v

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
        12.15.  Concentration Account..............................................72
        12.16.  Appraisals.........................................................72
13.   CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS.................................................72
        13.1.   Representations True; No Event of Default..........................72
        13.2.   No Legal Impediment................................................73
        13.3.   Governmental Regulation............................................73
        13.4.   Borrowing Base Report..............................................73
        13.5.   Proceedings and Documents..........................................73
14.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC.........................................73
        14.1.   Events of Default and Acceleration.................................73
        14.2.   Termination of Commitments.........................................76
        14.3.   Remedies...........................................................77
        14.4.   Distribution of Collateral Proceeds................................77
15.   SETOFF.......................................................................78
16.   THE AGENT....................................................................78
        16.1.   Authorization......................................................78
        16.2.   Employees and Agents...............................................79
        16.3.   No Liability.......................................................79
        16.4.   No Representations.................................................79
                16.4.1.  General...................................................79
                16.4.2.  Closing Documentation, etc................................80
        16.5.   Payments...........................................................80
                16.5.1.  Payments to Agent.........................................80
                16.5.2.  Distribution by Agent.....................................80
                16.5.3.  Delinquent Banks..........................................80
        16.6.   Holders of Notes...................................................81
        16.7.   Indemnity..........................................................81
        16.8.   Agent as Bank......................................................81
        16.9.   Resignation........................................................81
        16.10.  Notification of Defaults and Events of Default.....................81
        16.11.  Duties in the Case of Enforcement..................................82
17.   EXPENSES AND INDEMNIFICATION.................................................82
        17.1.   Expenses...........................................................82
        17.2.   Indemnification....................................................83
        17.3.   Survival...........................................................83
18.   SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC...................................................83
19.   ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION.................................................84
        19.1.   Conditions to Assignment by Banks..................................84
        19.2.   Certain Representations and Warranties; Limitations; Covenants.....84
        19.3.   Register...........................................................85
        19.4.   New Notes..........................................................85
        19.5.   Participations.....................................................86
        19.6.   Disclosure.........................................................86
        19.7.   Assignee or Participant Affiliated with the Borrower...............86
        19.8.   Miscellaneous Assignment Provisions................................87
        19.9.   Assignment by Borrower.............................................87
20.   NOTICES, ETC.................................................................87
21.   GOVERNING LAW................................................................88
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   7

                                       vi

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
22.   HEADINGS.....................................................................88
23.   COUNTERPARTS.................................................................88
24.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC........................................................88
25.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.........................................................88
26.   CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC...........................................89
27.   SEVERABILITY.................................................................89
28.   CONFIDENTIALITY..............................................................90
        28.1.   Confidentiality....................................................90
        28.2.   Prior Notification.................................................90
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   8

                                       vii



                             SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

                                    EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
                 Exhibit A            Form of Borrowing Base Report
                 Exhibit B            Form of Revolving Credit Note
                 Exhibit C            Form of Loan Request
                 Exhibit D            Form of Term Note
                 Exhibit E            Form of Compliance Certificate
                 Exhibit F            Form of Instrument of Adherence
                 Exhibit G            Form of Assignment and Acceptance
           
           
                                      SCHEDULES
           
                 Schedule 1           Commitments
                 Schedule 8.3         Titles to Properties
                 Schedule 8.7         Litigation
                 Schedule 8.15        Transactions with Affiliates
                 Schedule 8.18        Environmental Matters
                 Schedule 8.19        Subsidiaries; Joint Ventures
                 Schedule 8.20        Bank Accounts
                 Schedule 8.22        Insurance
                 Schedule 10.1        Existing Indebtedness/Stock Option Plan
                 Schedule 10.2        Existing Liens
                 Schedule 10.3        Existing Investments
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   9


                                REVOLVING CREDIT
                             AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

        This REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT is made as of November 4,
1998, by and among (a) WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION (the "Borrower"), a Delaware
corporation having its principal place of business at 8105 Irvine Center Drive,
Irvine, California 92618, (b) BANKBOSTON, N.A. and the other lending
institutions listed on Schedule 1 hereto, (c) BANKBOSTON, N.A., as
administrative agent for itself and such other lending institutions (the
"Agent") and (d) THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT, INC. as co-agent for the lending
institutions (the "Co-Agent").

                   1. DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF INTERPRETATION.

        1.1. DEFINITIONS. The following terms shall have the meanings set forth
in this Section 1 or elsewhere in the provisions of this Credit Agreement
referred to below:

        Accounts Receivable. All rights of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries to payment for goods sold, leased or otherwise marketed in the
ordinary course of business and all rights of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries to payment for services rendered in the ordinary course of business
and all sums of money or other proceeds due thereon pursuant to transactions
with account debtors, except for that portion of the sum of money or other
proceeds due thereon that relate to sales, use or property taxes in conjunction
with such transactions, recorded on books of account in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.

        Adjustment Date. The first day of the calendar month which occurs
immediately after the delivery of the most recent Borrowing Base Report
delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 9.4(f).

        Affiliate. Any Person that would be considered to be an affiliate of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary under Rule 144(a) of the Rules and Regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, as in effect on the date hereof, if the
Borrower or such Subsidiary were issuing securities.

        Agency Account Agreement.  See Section 9.15.

        Agent's Head Office. The Agent's head office located at 100 Federal
Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, or at such other location as the Agent may
designate from time to time.

        Agent. As defined in the preamble hereto.

        Agent's Special Counsel. Bingham Dana LLP or such other counsel as may
be approved by the Agent.

        Applicable Margin. For each period commencing on an Adjustment Date
through the date immediately preceding the next Adjustment Date (each a "Rate
Adjustment Period"), the Applicable Margin shall be the applicable margin set
forth below with respect to the Borrower's Excess Availability (and as
applicable, Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as of the last day of the fiscal
quarter most recently ended for which the Borrower has delivered a Compliance


<PAGE>   10
                                       2


Certificate pursuant to Section 9.4(c)) as determined for the calendar month or
week, as the case may be, of the Borrower ending on the last day of the calendar
month or week, as the case may be, ended immediately prior to the first day of
the applicable Rate Adjustment Period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      BASE RATE       EURODOLLAR      LETTER OF CREDIT
                                        LOANS         RATE LOANS            FEES
  LEVEL   EXCESS AVAILABILITY       (BASIS POINTS)  (BASIS POINTS)     (BASIS POINTS)
 -------- ------------------------- --------------- ---------------- -------------------
<S>       <C>                       <C>             <C>               <C>
    I     (i) Excess  Availability        50              175               150
          is     greater      than
          $150,000,000   and  (ii)
          Consolidated    Tangible
          Net  Worth  is   greater
          than $300,000,000

   II     Excess  Availability  is        75              200
          greater             than                                          175
          $150,000,000   and  (ii)
          Consolidated    Tangible
          Net  Worth  is  equal to
          or       less       than
          $300,000,000

   III    Excess  Availability  is       100              225               200
          greater             than
          $100,000,000   but  less
          than   or    equal    to
          $150,000,000

   IV     Excess  Availability  is       125              250               225
          less  than or  equal  to
          $100,000,000
</TABLE>


        Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) for Loans outstanding and Letter of
Credit Fees payable during the six month period commencing on the Closing Date
through the date immediately preceding the first Adjustment Date to occur after
April 30, 1999, the Applicable Margin shall not be lower than Level IV set forth
above, and (b) if the Borrower fails to deliver any Borrowing Base Report or
Compliance Certificate when required by Section 9.4(c) or Section 9.4(f) hereof
then, for the period commencing on the next Adjustment Date to occur subsequent
to such failure through the date immediately following the date on which such
Borrowing Base Report or Compliance Certificate, as the case may be, is
delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be the highest Applicable Margin set
forth above.

        Asset Sale. Any one or series of related transactions in which any
applicable Person conveys, sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of, directly
or indirectly, any of its properties, businesses or assets (including the sale
or issuance of capital stock of a Subsidiary), whether owned on the Closing Date
or thereafter acquired.

        Assignment and Acceptance.  See Section 19.1.

        Balance Sheet Date.  June 27, 1998.

        Banks. BKB and the other lending institutions listed on Schedule 1
hereto and any other Person who becomes an assignee of any rights and
obligations of a Bank pursuant to Section 19 hereof.

        Base Rate. The higher of (a) the annual rate of interest announced from
time to time by BKB at its head office in Boston, Massachusetts, as its "base
rate" and (b) one-half of one percent (1/2%) above the Federal Funds Effective
Rate. For the purposes of this definition, "Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall
mean for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates
on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve
System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such
day is not a 


<PAGE>   11
                                       3


Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business
Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by
the Agent from three funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Agent.

        Base Rate Loans. Revolving Credit Loans and all or any portion of the
Term Loan bearing interest calculated by reference to the Base Rate.

        BKB. BankBoston, N.A., a national banking association in its individual
capacity.

        BKB Concentration Account. See Section 9.15.1.

        Borrower. As defined in the preamble hereto.

        Borrowing Base. At the relevant time of reference thereto, an amount
determined by the Agent by reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Report
delivered to the Banks and the Agent pursuant to Section 9.4(f), as adjusted
pursuant to the provisions below, which is equal to the sum of:

               (a) 80% of Eligible Domestic Accounts Receivable for which
        invoices have been issued; plus

               (b) the lesser of (i) 50% of the Net Book Value of Eligible
        Domestic Inventory, (ii) 30% of the amount available under paragraphs
        (a) and (c) hereof, (iii) $50,000,000 and (iv) if on any Business Day
        during the previous thirty (30) days the Excess Availability is less
        than $100,000,000, 70% of the Orderly Liquidation Value of Eligible
        Domestic Inventory; plus

               (c) 70% of the Dollar Equivalent of the Eligible UK Accounts
        Receivable minus Preferential Indebtedness (which, for purposes of
        calculating the Borrowing Base at each time such a calculation is
        required to be made hereunder, shall, until a subsequent readjustment is
        required as described herein, be that amount which appears on the
        Borrowing Base Report delivered on the Closing Date and then, to the
        extent the Agent determines (which determination may occur from time to
        time) as a result of conducting a commercial finance examination or
        otherwise that a different amount more accurately reflects the amount of
        Preferential Indebtedness as of such date of determination, Preferential
        Indebtedness for calculation purposes shall thereafter be such different
        amount); minus

               (d)  Reserves; minus

               (e)  $25,000,000; minus

               (f)  the Term Loan outstanding; plus

               (g)  the Discretionary Amount;

provided, however, the Agent reserves its rights at any time, from time to time,
upon ten (10) Business Days' prior notice to the Borrower to decrease the
advance rates set forth herein if, in 

<PAGE>   12
                                       4


the Agent's reasonable discretion, the results of commercial finance
examinations, independent collateral audits and/or appraisals indicate a
material deterioration in the Eligible Accounts Receivable or Eligible Domestic
Inventory, as the case may be, from the Closing Date, such that a lower advance
rate for Eligible Accounts Receivables or Eligible Domestic Inventory, as the
case may be, is warranted.

        Borrowing Base Report. A Borrowing Base Report signed by the chief
financial officer or treasurer (if such Person is an officer of the Borrower) of
the Borrower and in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto.

        Business Day. Any day on which banking institutions in each of the
cities in which each Bank's Domestic Lending Office is located are open for the
transaction of banking business and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, also
a day which is a Eurodollar Business Day.

        Capital Assets. Fixed assets, both tangible (such as land, buildings,
fixtures, machinery and equipment) and intangible (such as patents, copyrights,
trademarks, franchises and goodwill); provided that Capital Assets shall not
include any item customarily charged directly to expense or depreciated over a
useful life of twelve (12) months or less in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.

        Capital Expenditures. Amounts paid or indebtedness incurred by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with (a) the purchase or lease
by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Capital Assets that would be
required to be capitalized and shown on the balance sheet of such Person in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or (b) the lease of any
assets by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as lessee under any Synthetic
Lease other than the Permitted Synthetic Lease to the extent that such assets
would have been Capital Assets had the Synthetic Lease been treated for
accounting purposes as a Capitalized Lease.

        Capitalized Leases. Leases under which the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries is the lessee or obligor, the discounted future rental payment
obligations under which are required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of
the lessee or obligor in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.

        CERCLA. See Section 8.18.

        Closing Date. The first date on which the conditions set forth in
Section 12 have been satisfied and any Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loan
are to be made or any Letter of Credit is to be issued hereunder.

        Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

        Collateral. All of the property, rights and interests of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries that are or are intended to be subject to the security
interests and mortgages created by the Security Documents.

        Commitment. With respect to each Bank, the amount set forth on Schedule
1 hereto as the amount of such Bank's commitment to make Revolving Credit Loans
to, and to participate in the issuance, extension and renewal of Letters of
Credit for the account of, the Borrower, as the 


<PAGE>   13
                                       5


same may be reduced from time to time; or if such commitment is terminated
pursuant to the provisions hereof, zero.

        Commitment Fee. See Section 2.2.

        Commitment Percentage. With respect to each Bank, the percentage set
forth on Schedule 1 hereto as such Bank's percentage of the aggregate
Commitments of all of the Banks, and with respect to the Term Loan, the
percentage set forth on Schedule 1 of such Bank's commitment to make the Term
Loan.

        Compliance Certificate. See Section 9.4(d).

        Consolidated or consolidated. With reference to any term defined herein,
shall mean that term as applied to the accounts of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, consolidated in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, after eliminating therefrom all extraordinary nonrecurring items of
income.

        Consolidated Intangible Assets. As to any Person and its Subsidiaries
for the relevant period of reference thereto, the sum of (a) the total book
value of all assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries properly classified as
intangible assets under generally accepted accounting principles, including,
without duplication, such items as goodwill, the purchase price of acquired
assets in excess of the fair market value thereof, trademarks, trade names,
service marks, brand names, copyrights, patents and licenses, and rights with
respect to the foregoing; plus (b) all amounts representing any write-up in the
book value of any assets of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries resulting from a
revaluation thereof subsequent to the Balance Sheet Date, excluding adjustments
to translate foreign assets and liabilities for changes in foreign exchange
rates made in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No.
52; plus (c) to the extent otherwise included in the computation, any
subscriptions receivable.

        Consolidated Tangible Capital Funds. As at any date of determination,
the sum of (a) Consolidated Tangible Net Worth on such date, plus (b) the
aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Notes outstanding on such date
plus all accrued interest owing on such Subordinated Notes on such date, plus
(c) any other adjustments to Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as is agreed in
writing among the Borrower, the Agent and the Majority Banks.

        Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. The excess of Consolidated Total Assets
minus Consolidated Total Liabilities minus Consolidated Intangible Assets.

        Consolidated Total Assets. The sum of all assets of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.

        Consolidated Total Liabilities. All liabilities of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles and all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, whether or not so classified.

        Conversion Request. A notice given by the Borrower to the Agent of the
Borrower's election to convert or continue a Loan in accordance with Section
2.7.


<PAGE>   14
                                       6


        Credit Agreement. This Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement,
including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto.

        Default. See Section 14.1.

        Delinquent Bank. See Section 16.5.3.

        Discretionary Amount. As at any date of determination, an amount
determined by the Agent in its sole and absolute discretion which shall not
exceed $5,000,000 at any time for more than any period of fifteen (15)
consecutive days.

        Distribution. The declaration or payment of any dividend on or in
respect of any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower, other than
dividends payable solely in shares of common stock of the Borrower; the
purchase, redemption, or other retirement of any shares of any class of capital
stock of the Borrower, directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary of the
Borrower or otherwise; the return of capital by the Borrower to its shareholders
as such; or any other distribution on or in respect of any shares of any class
of capital stock of the Borrower.

        Dollar Equivalent. On any date of determination, with respect to an
amount denominated in Dollars, such amount of Dollars, and with respect to an
amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars, (a) for purposes of
determining availability under the Borrowing Base for Eligible UK Accounts
Receivable denominated in another currency, the amount determined by converting
the amount of such receivables from such other currency into Dollars at the
actual exchange rate (as quoted in the Wall Street Journal) in effect on the
date of the Borrowing Base Report which reflects such Eligible UK Account
Receivable, and (b) otherwise the amount (as conclusively ascertained by the
Agent absent manifest error) of Dollars which could be purchased by the Agent in
the London foreign currency deposits market with such amount of such currency at
the spot rate of exchange prevailing at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) for
delivery on such date.

        Dollars or $. Dollars in lawful currency of the United States of
America.

        Domestic Lending Office. Initially, the office of each Bank designated
as such in Schedule 1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of such Bank, if
any, located within the United States that will be making or maintaining Base
Rate Loans.

        Domestic Subsidiary. Any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a
Foreign Subsidiary; provided, however, for purposes of this Credit Agreement,
Pacifica Insurance Corporation shall not be considered a Domestic Subsidiary.

        Drawdown Date. The date on which any Revolving Credit Loan or the Term
Loan is made or is to be made, and the date on which any Revolving Credit Loan
is converted or continued in accordance with Section 2.7 or all or any portion
of the Term Loan is converted or continued in accordance with Section 4.5(b).

        Eligible Accounts Receivable. Collectively, the Eligible Domestic
Accounts Receivable and the Eligible UK Accounts Receivable.


<PAGE>   15
                                       7


        Eligible Assignee. Any of (a) a commercial bank or finance company
organized under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof or the
District of Columbia, and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000; (b) a
savings and loan association or savings bank organized under the laws of the
United States, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and having a
net worth of at least $100,000,000, calculated in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; (c) a commercial bank organized under the laws
of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (the "OECD"), or a political subdivision of any such
country, and having total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000, provided that such
bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the country in which it is
organized or another country which is also a member of the OECD; (d) the central
bank of any country which is a member of the OECD; and (e) if, but only if, any
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other bank, insurance
company, commercial finance company or other financial institution or other
Person approved by the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

        Eligible Domestic Accounts Receivable. The aggregate of the unpaid
portion of Accounts Receivable (net of, without duplication, any credits,
rebates, offsets, contras, amounts in dispute, reserves for (i) price
protection, (ii) returns, (iii) discounts and volume rebates, (iv) unreconciled
debits, and (v) marketing, development and cooperative advertising, holdbacks or
other adjustments or commissions payable to third parties that are adjustments
to such Accounts Receivable) of the Borrower and the Guarantors which are
Domestic Subsidiaries (a) that the Borrower reasonably and in good faith
determines to be collectible; (b) that are with account debtors or other
obligors that (i) are not Affiliates of the Borrower, (ii) purchased the goods
or services giving rise to the relevant Account Receivable in an arm's length
transaction, (iii) are not insolvent or involved in any case or proceeding,
whether voluntary or involuntary, under any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, insolvency, adjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar
law of any jurisdiction and (iv) are, in the Agent's reasonable judgment,
creditworthy; (c) that are in payment of obligations that have been fully
performed, do not consist of progress billings or bill and hold invoices and are
not subject to dispute or any other similar claims that would reduce the cash
amount payable therefor; (d) that are not subject to any pledge, restriction,
security interest or other lien or encumbrance other than those created by the
Loan Documents; (e) in which the Agent has a valid and perfected first priority
security interest; (f) that are not outstanding for the shorter of (i) sixty
(60) days past due or (ii) more than 120 days past the earlier to occur of (1)
the date of the respective invoices therefor and (2) the date of shipment
thereof in the case of goods or the end of the calendar month following the
provision thereof in the case of services; (g) that are not due from an account
debtor or other obligor located in Minnesota unless the Borrower (i) has
received a certificate of authority to do business and is in good standing in
such state or (ii) has filed a notice of business activities report with the
appropriate office or agency of such state for the current year; (h) that are
not due from any single account debtor or other obligor if more than twenty
percent (20%) of the aggregate amount of all Accounts Receivable owing from such
account debtor or other obligor are outstanding for the shorter of (i) sixty
(60) days past due or (ii) more than 120 days past the earlier to occur of (1)
the date of the respective invoices therefor and (2) the date of shipment
thereof in the case of goods or the end of the calendar month following the
provision thereof in the case of services; (i) that are payable in Dollars; (j)
that are not payable from an office outside of the United States or, if payable
from an office outside of the United States, are payable only from such foreign
offices located only in countries in which such account debtors are located as
of the date of the most recent commercial finance examination delivered to the
Agent prior to the 


<PAGE>   16
                                       8


Closing Date, or such other location which is acceptable to the Agent and the
aggregate amount of all Accounts Receivable being paid from an office outside
the United States shall not exceed, in the aggregate, more than twenty percent
(20%) of Eligible Domestic Accounts Receivable; and (k) that if such Accounts
Receivable are secured by a letter of credit, the Agent has a prior, perfected
security interest in such letter of credit.

        Eligible Domestic Inventory. With respect to the Borrower and the
Guarantors which are Domestic Subsidiaries, finished goods inventory owned by
the Borrower or the Guarantors which are Domestic Subsidiaries; provided that
Eligible Domestic Inventory shall not include any inventory (i) held on
consignment, or not otherwise owned by the Borrower or such Guarantor, or of a
type no longer sold by the Borrower or such Guarantor, (ii) which has been
returned by a customer and is damaged or subject to any legal encumbrance other
than Permitted Liens, (iii) which is not in the possession of the Borrower or
such Guarantor unless the Agent has received a waiver from the party in
possession of such inventory in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent,
(iv) which is held by the Borrower or such Subsidiary on property leased by the
Borrower or a Guarantor, unless the Agent has received a waiver from the lessor
of such leased property and, if any, sublessor thereof in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent, (v) as to which appropriate Uniform Commercial Code
financing statements showing the Borrower or such Guarantor as debtor and the
Agent as secured party have not been filed in the proper filing office or
offices in order to perfect the Agent's security interest therein, (vi) which
has been shipped to a customer of the Borrower or such Guarantor regardless of
whether such shipment is on a consignment basis, (vii) which is not located
within the United States of America, (viii) which the Agent reasonably deems to
be obsolete or not marketable, or (ix) which is damaged or subject to any legal
encumbrance other than Permitted Liens.

        Eligible UK Accounts Receivable. The face value of outstanding Accounts
Receivable of WD UK which have become due out of sales of goods or services in
the United Kingdom (exclusive of VAT thereon and net of, without duplication,
any credits, rebates, offsets, contras, holdbacks, reserves for (i) price
protection, (ii) returns, (iii) discounts and volume rebates, (iv) unreconciled
debits, and (v) marketing, development and cooperative advertising, or other
adjustments, fees or commissions payable to third parties that are adjustments
to such Accounts Receivable) (a) that the Borrower and WD UK reasonably and in
good faith determines to be collectible; (b) that are with account debtors or
other obligors that (i) are not Affiliates of the Borrower or WD UK, (ii)
purchased the goods or services giving rise to the relevant Account Receivable
in an arm's length transaction, (iii) that are not insolvent or involved in any
case or proceeding, whether voluntary or involuntary, under any bankruptcy,
receivership, insolvency, adjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or
similar proceeding under the law or any jurisdiction, and (iv) are, in the
Agent's reasonable judgment, creditworthy; (c) that are in payment of
obligations that have been fully performed, do not consist of progress billings
or bill and hold invoices, and are not subject to dispute or any other similar
claims or proceedings that would reduce the cash amount payable therefor; (d)
that are not subject to any Encumbrance created other than pursuant to the Loan
Documents and are subject to a valid and enforceable Encumbrance in favor of the
Agent pursuant to the Security Documents; (e) that are not outstanding for the
shorter of (i) sixty (60) days past due or (ii) more than 120 days past the
earlier to occur of (1) the date of the respective invoices therefor and (2) the
date of shipment thereof in the case of goods or the end of the calendar month
following the provision thereof in the case of services; (f) that are not due
from any single account debtor or other obligor if more than twenty percent
(20%) of the aggregate amount of all Accounts Receivable owing from such 


<PAGE>   17
                                       9


account debtor or other obligor are outstanding for the shorter of (i) sixty
(60) days past due or (ii) more than 120 days past the earlier to occur of (1)
the date of the respective invoices therefor and (2) the date of shipment
thereof in the case of goods or the end of the calendar month following the
provision thereof in the case of services; (g) that are payable in Dollars,
British pound sterling or Euros and (h) that are not payable from an office
outside of the United States or the United Kingdom or, if payable from an office
located outside of the United States or the United Kingdom, are payable only
from such foreign offices located only in countries in which such account
debtors are located as of the date of the most recent commercial finance
examination delivered to the Agent prior to the Closing Date, or such other
location which is acceptable to the Agent.

        Employee Benefit Plan. Any employee benefit plan within the meaning of
Section 3(3) of ERISA maintained of contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate, other than a Guaranteed Pension Plan or a Multiemployer Plan.

        Encumbrance. Any mortgage, standard security, charge (whether fixed or
floating), pledge, lien, right of retention, hypothecation, assignment,
assignation, security interest, title retention or other encumbrance, lease,
hire purchase agreement, sale and leaseback, right of repurchase or right by way
of security of any kind securing, or any right conferring a priority of payment
in respect of, any obligation of any Person, or any arrangement having the
commercial effect of security.

        Environmental Laws.  See Section 8.18(a).

        Equity Issuance. The sale or issuance by the Borrower or any or its
Subsidiaries of any of its capital stock or equity interests or any warrants,
rights or options to acquire its capital stock or equity interests.

        ERISA.  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

        ERISA Affiliate. Any Person which is treated as a single employer with
the Borrower under Section 414 of the Code.

        ERISA Reportable Event. A reportable event with respect to a Guaranteed
Pension Plan within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations
promulgated thereunder.

        Eurocurrency Interbank Market. Any lawful recognized market in which
deposits of Dollars and the relevant Optional Currencies are offered by
international banking units of United States banking institutions and by foreign
banking institutions to each other and in which foreign currency and exchange
operations or eurocurrency funding operations are customarily conducted.

        Eurocurrency Reserve Rate. For any day with respect to a Eurodollar Rate
Loan, the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) at which any lender subject
thereto would be required to maintain reserves under Regulation D of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor or similar
regulations relating to such reserve requirements) against "Eurocurrency
Liabilities" (as that term is used in Regulation D), if such liabilities were
outstanding. The Eurocurrency Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on
and as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Rate.


<PAGE>   18
                                       10


        Eurodollar Business Day. Any day on which commercial banks are open for
international business (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in London or such
other eurodollar interbank market as may be selected by the Agent in its sole
discretion acting in good faith.

        Eurodollar Lending Office. Initially, the office of each Bank designated
as such in Schedule 1 hereto; thereafter, such other office of such Bank, if
any, that shall be making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans.

        Eurodollar Rate. For any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar
Rate Loan, the rate of interest equal to (a) the rate per annum for the
Reference Bank (rounded upwards to the nearest 1/16 of one percent) at which the
Reference Bank's Eurodollar Lending Office is offered Dollar deposits two (2)
Eurodollar Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the
interbank eurodollar market where the eurodollar and foreign currency and
exchange operations of such Eurodollar Lending Office are customarily conducted,
for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days
comprised therein and in an amount comparable to the amount of the Eurodollar
Rate Loan of the Reference Bank to which such Interest Period applies, divided
by (b) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Eurocurrency Reserve Rate, if
applicable.

        Eurodollar Rate Loans. Revolving Credit Loans and all or any portion of
the Term Loan bearing interest calculated by reference to the Eurodollar Rate.

        Excess Availability. As of any time of determination, the amount by
which (a) the Borrowing Base at such time exceeds (b) the Total Facility Usage
at such time.

        Event of Default. See Section 14.1.

        Fee Letter. The Fee Letter dated on or prior to the Closing Date by and
among the Borrower and the Agent, as the same may be amended, modified, restated
or supplemented from time to time.

        Foreign Pledge Agreements. Collectively, (a) the Charges Over Shares by
the Borrower in the shares of WD UK and WD Malaysia; (b) the Share Mortgage by
the Borrower in the shares of WD Cayman Islands; and (c) the Share Pledge
Agreement by the Borrower in the shares of WD Germany, each dated as of a date
on or prior to the Closing Date and each in form and substance satisfactory to
the Banks and the Agent.

        Foreign Subsidiary. Any Subsidiary which conducts substantially all of
its business in countries other than the United States of America and that is
organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of
America and the States (or the District of Columbia) thereof.

        generally accepted accounting principles. (a) When used in Section 11,
whether directly or indirectly through reference to a capitalized term used
therein, means (i) principles that are consistent with the principles
promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its
predecessors, in effect for the fiscal year ended on the Balance Sheet Date, and
(ii) to the extent consistent with such principles, the accounting practice of
the Borrower reflected in its financial statements for the year ended on the
Balance Sheet Date, and (b) when used in general, other than as provided above,
means principles that are (i) consistent with the principles 


<PAGE>   19
                                       11


promulgated or adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its
predecessors, as in effect from time to time, and (ii) consistently applied with
past financial statements of the Borrower adopting the same principles, provided
that in each case referred to in this definition of "generally accepted
accounting principles" a certified public accountant would, insofar as the use
of such accounting principles is pertinent, be in a position to deliver an
unqualified opinion (other than a qualification regarding changes in generally
accepted accounting principles) as to financial statements in which such
principles have been properly applied.

        Guaranteed Pension Plan. Any employee pension benefit plan within the
meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or
any ERISA Affiliate the benefits of which are guaranteed on termination in full
or in part by the PBGC pursuant to Title IV of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer
Plan.

        Guarantee. That Guarantee and Indemnity Agreement, dated or to be dated
after the Closing Date, made by WD UK in favor of the Banks and the Agent
pursuant to which WD UK guaranties to the Banks and the Agent the payment and
performance of certain of the Obligations, and in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent and the Banks.

        Guarantors. Collectively, (a) WD UK, (b) Western Digital Rochester, Inc.
and (c) each other Person which is required to be or become guarantors from time
to time pursuant to Section 9.13 hereof.

        Guaranty. The Guaranty, dated or to be dated on or prior to the Closing
Date, made by each Guarantor (other than WD UK) in favor of the Banks and the
Agent pursuant to which each Guarantor guaranties to the Banks and the Agent the
payment and performance of the Obligations and in form and substance
satisfactory to the Banks and the Agent.

        Hazardous Substances.  See Section 8.18(b).

        Indebtedness. As to any Person and whether recourse is secured by or is
otherwise available against all or only a portion of the assets of such Person
and whether or not contingent, but without duplication:

               (a) every obligation of such Person for money borrowed,

               (b) every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds,
        debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations
        incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or
        businesses,

               (c) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to
        letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for
        the account of such Person,

               (d) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the
        deferred purchase price of property or services (including securities
        repurchase agreements but excluding trade accounts payable or accrued
        liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business),

               (e) every obligation of such Person under any Capitalized Lease,


<PAGE>   20
                                       12


               (f) every obligation of such Person under any lease (a "Synthetic
        Lease") treated as an operating lease under generally accepted
        accounting principles and as a loan or financing for U.S. income tax
        purposes,

               (g) all sales by such Person of (A) accounts or general
        intangibles for money due or to become due, (B) chattel paper,
        instruments or documents creating or evidencing a right to payment of
        money or (C) other receivables (collectively "receivables"), whether
        pursuant to a purchase facility or otherwise, other than in connection
        with the disposition of the business operations of such Person relating
        thereto or a disposition of defaulted receivables for collection and not
        as a financing arrangement, and together with any obligation of such
        Person to pay any discount, interest, fees, indemnities, penalties,
        recourse, expenses or other amounts in connection therewith,

               (h) every obligation of such Person (an "equity related purchase
        obligation") to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value
        any shares of capital stock of any class issued by such Person, any
        warrants, options or other rights to acquire any such shares, or any
        rights measured by the value of such shares, warrants, options or other
        rights,

               (i) every obligation of such Person under any forward contract,
        futures contract, swap, option or other financing agreement or
        arrangement (including, without limitation, caps, floors, collars and
        similar agreements), the value of which is dependent upon interest
        rates, currency exchange rates, commodities or other indices (a
        "derivative contract"),

               (j) every obligation in respect of Indebtedness of any other
        entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general
        partner) to the extent that such Person is liable therefor as a result
        of such Person's ownership interest in or other relationship with such
        entity, except to the extent that the terms of such Indebtedness provide
        that such Person is not liable therefor and such terms are enforceable
        under applicable law,

               (k) every obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person
        guaranteeing, or having the economic effect of guarantying or otherwise
        acting as surety for, any obligation of a type described in any of
        clauses (a) through (i) (the "primary obligation") of another Person
        (the "primary obligor"), in any manner, whether directly or indirectly,
        and including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person (i) to
        purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any
        security for the payment of such primary obligation, (ii) to purchase
        property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the payment
        of such primary obligation, or (iii) to maintain working capital, equity
        capital or other financial statement condition or liquidity of the
        primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such primary
        obligation.

        The "amount" or "principal amount" of any Indebtedness at any time of
determination represented by (u) any Indebtedness, issued at a price that is
less than the principal amount at maturity thereof, shall be the amount of the
liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, (v) any Capitalized Lease shall be the principal
component of the aggregate of the rentals obligation under such Capitalized
Lease payable over 


<PAGE>   21
                                       13


the term thereof that is not subject to termination by the lessee, (w) any sale
of receivables shall be the amount of unrecovered capital or principal
investment of the purchaser (other than the Borrower or any of its wholly-owned
Subsidiaries) thereof, excluding amounts representative of yield or interest
earned on such investment, (x) any Synthetic Lease shall be the stipulated loss
value, termination value or other equivalent amount, (y) any derivative contract
shall be the maximum amount of any termination or loss payment required to be
paid by such Person if such derivative contract were, at the time of
determination, to be terminated by reason of any event of default or early
termination event thereunder, whether or not such event of default or early
termination event has in fact occurred and (z) any equity related purchase
obligation shall be the maximum fixed redemption or purchase price thereof
inclusive of any accrued and unpaid dividends to be comprised in such redemption
or purchase price.

        Indenture Trustee. The Person who is designated as the "Indenture
Trustee" under the Subordinated Indenture.

        Ineligible Securities. Securities which may not be underwritten or dealt
in by member banks of the Federal Reserve System under Section 16 of the Banking
Act of 1993 (12 U.S.C. Section 24, Seventh), as amended.

        Instrument of Adherence. See Section 10.5.1.

        Interest Payment Date. (a) As to any Base Rate Loan, the first day of
each month; and (b) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of such
Interest Period.

        Interest Period. With respect to each Loan, (a) initially, the period
commencing on the Drawdown Date of such Loan and ending on the last day of one
of the periods set forth below, as selected by the Borrower in a Loan Request or
as otherwise required by the terms of this Credit Agreement (i) for any Base
Rate Loan, the last day of the calendar month; and (ii) for any Eurodollar Rate
Loan, 1, 2 or 3 months; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last
day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Loan and ending on
the last day of one of the periods set forth above, as selected by the Borrower
in a Conversion Request; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating
to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

               (a) if any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan
        would otherwise end on a day that is not a Eurodollar Business Day, that
        Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Eurodollar
        Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such
        Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such
        Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Eurodollar
        Business Day;

               (b) if any Interest Period with respect to a Base Rate Loan would
        end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall end
        on the next succeeding Business Day;

               (c) if the Borrower shall fail to give notice as provided in
        Section 2.7, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a conversion
        of the affected Eurodollar Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan and the
        continuance of all Base Rate Loans as Base Rate Loans on the last day of
        the then current Interest Period with respect thereto;


<PAGE>   22
                                       14


               (d) any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate Loan that
        begins on the last Eurodollar Business Day of a calendar month (or on a
        day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar
        month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last
        Eurodollar Business Day of a calendar month; and

               (e) any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate Loan that
        would otherwise extend beyond the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date
        (if comprising a Revolving Credit Loan) or the Term Loan Maturity Date
        (if comprising the Term Loan or a portion thereof) shall end on the
        Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date or (as the case may be) the Term
        Loan Maturity Date.

        Interim Concentration Account.  See Section 9.15.1.

        Investments. All expenditures made and all liabilities incurred
(contingently or otherwise) for the acquisition of stock or Indebtedness of, or
for loans, advances, capital contributions or transfers of property to, or in
respect of any guaranties (or other commitments as described under
Indebtedness), or obligations of, any Person. In determining the aggregate
amount of Investments outstanding at any particular time: (a) the amount of any
Investment represented by a guaranty shall be taken at not less than the
principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding; (b) there
shall be included as an Investment all interest accrued with respect to
Indebtedness constituting an Investment unless and until such interest is paid;
(c) there shall be deducted in respect of each such Investment any amount
received as a return of capital (but only by repurchase, redemption, retirement,
repayment, liquidating dividend or liquidating distribution); (d) there shall
not be deducted in respect of any Investment any amounts received as earnings on
such Investment, whether as dividends, interest or otherwise, except that
accrued interest included as provided in the foregoing clause (b) may be
deducted when paid; and (e) there shall not be deducted from the aggregate
amount of Investments any decrease in the value thereof.

        Letter of Credit. See Section 5.1.1.

        Letter of Credit Application. See Section 5.1.1.

        Letter of Credit Fee. See Section 5.6.

        Letter of Credit Participation. See Section 5.1.4.

        Loan Documents. This Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Letter of Credit
Applications, the Letters of Credit and the Security Documents.

        Loan Request. See Section 2.6.

        Loans. The Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loan.

        Local Account. See Section 9.15.1.

        Majority Banks. As of any date, (a) if there are less than three (3)
Banks, all the Banks; and (b) if there are more than two (2) Banks, any two or
more Banks holding at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding principal
amount of the Notes on such date; and if no such 


<PAGE>   23
                                       15


principal is outstanding, any two or more Banks whose aggregate Commitments
constitutes at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the Total Commitment.

        Maximum Drawing Amount. The maximum aggregate amount that the
beneficiaries may at any time draw under outstanding Letters of Credit, as such
aggregate amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of the
Letters of Credit.

        Multiemployer Plan. Any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section
3(37) of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate.

        Net Book Value. At the relevant time of reference thereto, the net book
value (including, without limitation, net of reserves taken by the Borrower or,
to the extent any Domestic Subsidiary's inventory is included in the Borrowing
Base, such Domestic Subsidiary) of Eligible Domestic Inventory determined on a
first-in first-out basis and at lower of cost or market. The "cost" of any
Eligible Domestic Inventory shall be the calculated cost of purchases, as
determined from invoices received by the Borrower or any of its Guarantors which
are Domestic Subsidiaries, or from the Borrower's or such Guarantor's purchase
journal or stock ledger (based upon the Borrower's accounting practices,
disclosed to the Agent). "Cost" does not include inventory capitalization costs
or other non-purchase price charges (such as freight) used in the Borrower's or
such Guarantor's calculation of the cost of goods sold.

        Net Cash Proceeds. With respect to any Equity Issuance, the excess of
the gross cash proceeds received by such Person from such Equity Issuance after
deduction of reasonable and customary transaction expenses (including, without
limitation, underwriting discounts and commissions) actually incurred with the
Equity Issuance.

        Net Cash Sale Proceeds. The gross cash proceeds received by the Borrower
and any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, less the sum of (a)
all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, commissions and other expense incurred in
connection with such Asset Sale, including the amount (estimated in good faith
by such Person and approved by the Agent) of income, franchise, sales and other
applicable taxes required to be paid by such Person in connection with such
Asset Sale, and (b) the aggregate amount of cash so received by such Person
which is used to retire (in whole or in part) any Indebtedness (other than under
the Loan Documents) of such Person permitted by this Credit Agreement that was
secured by a lien of security interest (if any) permitted by this Credit
Agreement having priority over the liens and security interests (if any) of the
Agent, for the benefit of the Banks, with respect to such assets transferred,
and which is required to be repaid in whole or in part (which repayment, in the
case of any other revolving credit arrangements or multiple advance
arrangements, reduces the commitment thereunder) in connection with such Asset
Sale.

        Notes. The Term Notes and the Revolving Credit Notes.

        Obligations. All indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of any of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries to any of the Banks and the Agent, individually or
collectively, existing on the date of this Credit Agreement or arising
thereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent,
matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising
by contract, operation of law or otherwise, arising or incurred under this
Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or in respect of any of the
Loans made or Reimbursement Obligations 


<PAGE>   24
                                       16


incurred or any of the Notes, Letter of Credit Application, Letters of Credit or
arising or incurred in connection with any interest rate protection arrangements
provided by the Banks, foreign exchange an/or currency risk protection
arrangements entered into with any of the Banks, or any documents or instruments
executed in connection therewith, or other instruments at any time evidencing
any thereof.

        Operating Account.  See Section 2.6.2.

        Optional Currency. Any currency other than Dollars which is freely
convertible into Dollars and which is traded on any recognized Eurocurrency
Interbank Market selected by the Agent in good faith; provided, however, that in
the event the Borrower requests an Optional Currency for a Letter of Credit
consisting of a currency other than British pounds/Sterling, the issuance of
such Letter of Credit shall be subject to the consent of the Agent.

        Orderly Liquidation Value. The appraised value (net of all liquidation
costs and expenses) of Eligible Domestic Inventory on an orderly liquidation
basis determined by the most recent appraisal thereof performed by the Agent or
an appraiser acceptable to the Agent. To the extent that any Eligible Domestic
Inventory is encumbered by a lien or encumbrance which is not a lien in favor of
the Agent securing the Obligations, the value of such asset shall be zero.

        Outstanding. With respect to the Loans, the aggregate unpaid principal
thereof as of any date of determination.

        Patent Assignments. The several Patent Assignments, dated or to be dated
on or prior to the Closing Date, made by the Borrower and the Guarantors in
favor of the Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks and the
Agent.

        PBGC. The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by Section 4002
of ERISA and any successor entity or entities having similar responsibilities.

        Perfection Certificates. The Perfection Certificates defined in the
Security Agreements.

        Permitted Acquisition. As defined in Section 10.5.1.

        Permitted Liens. Liens, security interests and other encumbrances
permitted by Section 10.2.

        Permitted Synthetic Lease. See Section 10.1(c).

        Person. Any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated
association, business, or other legal entity, and any government or any
governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

        Preferential Indebtedness. Indebtedness of WD UK which would, pursuant
to the provision of any law relating to liquidation, bankruptcy, insolvency or
creditors' rights generally, be paid in priority or preference to other
Indebtedness in a winding up, dissolution, administration, insolvency or other
similar process of law in any jurisdiction, and is of the types listed in
Schedule 6 to the Insolvency Act 1986 (or any statutory re-enactment or
modification thereof pursuant to which the payment of certain obligations of a
Person are given statutory preference over the payment of other such
obligations). For the avoidance of doubt and for 


<PAGE>   25
                                       17


purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base, Preferential Indebtedness shall mean
(and with all references herein being as set forth in Schedule 6 to the
Insolvency Act of 1986) the sum of (a) as of any date of determination (which,
for purposes of this definition shall mean the date on which any Person is
calculating Preferential Indebtedness for purposes of ascertaining the Borrowing
Base), sums due at such date from WD UK on account of deductions of income tax
from emoluments paid during the immediately preceding twelve month period (with
such deductions being those which WD UK was liable to make under section 203 of
the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1998 ("pay as you earn"), less the amount
of the repayments of income tax which WD UK was liable to make during such
period); plus (b) sums due at the relevant date of determination from WD UK in
respect of such deductions as are required to be made by WD UK for that period
under Section 559 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988, if any, plus (c)
any value added tax which is referable to the immediately preceding six month
period from the date of determination (where the whole of the prescribed
(meaning prescribed by regulations under the Value Added Tax Act (1994))
accounting period to which any value added tax is attributable falls within the
six-month period, the whole amount of that tax is referable to that period, and
in any other case the amount of any value added tax which is referable to the
six month period is the proportion of the tax which is equal to such proportion,
if any, of the accounting reference period in question as falls within such six
month period); plus (d) all sums which on the relevant date of determination are
due from WD UK on account of Class 1 or Class 2 contributions under the Social
Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 or the Social Security (Northern
Ireland) Act 1975 and which became due from WD UK in the immediately preceding
twelve month period; plus (e) all sums which on the relevant date of
determination have been assessed on and are due from WD UK on account of Class 4
contributions under either of those Acts of 1975, being sums which (i) are due
to the Commissioners of Inland Revenue (rather than to the Secretary of State or
a Northern Ireland department), and (ii) are assessed on WD UK up through and
including the most recent April 5 to have occurred prior to the relevant date of
determination, but not exceeding, in the whole, one year's assessment; plus (f)
any sum which is owed by WD UK and is a sum to which Schedule 4 to the Pension
Schemes Act 1993 applies (contributions to occupational pension schemes and
state scheme premiums); plus (g) so much of any amount which (i) is owed by WD
UK to a person who is or has been an employee of WD UK and (ii) is payable by
way of remuneration in respect of the whole or any part of the period of the
immediately preceding four months from the date of determination, as does not
exceed so much as may be prescribed by order made by the Secretary of State;
plus (h) an amount owed by way of accrued holiday remuneration, in respect of
any period of employment before the date of determination, to a person whose
employment by WD UK has been terminated, whether before, on or after that date;
plus (i) so much of any sum owed in respect of money advanced for the purpose as
has been applied for the payment of a debt which, if it had not been paid, would
have been a debt falling within paragraphs (g) or (h) hereof; plus (j) so much
of any amount which (i) is ordered (whether before or after the date of
determination) to be paid by WD UK under the Reserve Forces (Safeguard of
Employment) Act 1985, and (ii) is so ordered in respect of a default made by WD
UK before that date in the discharge of its obligations under that Act, as does
not exceed such amount as may be prescribed by order made by the Secretary of
State. For purposes of determining whether a sum is payable by WD UK to a person
by way of renumeration for subparagraphs (g) - (j) hereof, the interpretation of
"Category 5" shall govern.

        Rate Adjustment Period. See the definition of Applicable Margin.


<PAGE>   26
                                       18


        Real Estate. All real property at any time owned or leased (as lessee or
sublessee) by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

        Record. The grid attached to a Note, or the continuation of such grid,
or any other similar record, including computer records, maintained by any Bank
with respect to any Loan referred to in such Note.

        Reference Bank. BKB.

        Register. See Section 19.3.

        Reimbursement Obligation. The Borrower's obligation to reimburse the
Agent and the Banks on account of any drawing under any Letter of Credit as
provided in Section 5.2.

        Reserves. As determined by the Agent, such amounts as the Agent may from
time to time establish and revise (a) to reflect events, conditions,
contingencies or risks which do or may (i) adversely affect either (A) any
Collateral included in the Borrowing Base, the rights of the Agent or any of the
Banks in any Collateral included in the Borrowing Base or its value or (B) the
security interest and other rights of the Agent or any of the Banks in the
Collateral included in the Borrowing Base (including the enforceability,
perfection and priority thereof) or (ii) adversely affect in any material
respect the assets (other than any Collateral) or business or financial
condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) to reflect the
belief of the Agent that any Borrowing Base Report or other collateral report or
financial information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Agent or
any of the Banks is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any
material respect. Reserves may include, but are not limited to: rent, whether
for personal or real property and whether or not a lessor's or landlord's
waiver, in a form acceptable to the Agent, has been received by the Agent from
such lessor or landlord; payables based upon past due normal trade terms; taxes
and other governmental charges, whether ad valorem, personal or real property or
otherwise and whether or not the tax claims therefor may have priority over the
Agent's security interest in any of the Collateral; and any customs, duty,
freight or other out-of-pocket costs or expenses required or advisable to "land"
any Eligible Domestic Inventory the purchase of which is supported by a Letter
of Credit.

        Restricted Payment. In relation to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
any (a) Distribution; or (b) payment by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
to any Affiliate other than payments to such Affiliate for goods and services in
the ordinary course of business on terms equivalent to those obtainable in arms
length transactions.

        Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date. November 2, 2001.

        Revolving Credit Loans. Revolving credit loans made or to be made by the
Banks to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.

        Revolving Credit Note Record. A Record with respect to a Revolving
Credit Note.

        Revolving Credit Notes. See Section 2.4.

        SARA. See Section 8.18(a).


<PAGE>   27
                                       19


        Section 20 Subsidiary. A Subsidiary of the Bank holding company
controlling any Bank, which Subsidiary has been granted authority by the Federal
Reserve Board to underwrite and deal in certain Ineligible Securities.

        Security Agreements. The several Security Agreements, dated or to be
dated on or prior to the Closing Date, between the Borrower and the Domestic
Subsidiaries and the Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks
and the Agent.

        Security Documents. The Guaranty, the Guarantees, the UK Debenture, the
Security Agreements, the Foreign Stock Pledges, the Patent Assignments, the
Trademark Assignments, the Stock Pledge Agreement and all other instruments and
documents, including without limitation Uniform Commercial Code financing
statements, required to be executed or delivered pursuant to any Security
Document.

        Settlement. The making or receiving of payments, in immediately
available funds, by the Banks, to the extent necessary to cause each Bank's
actual share of the outstanding amount of Revolving Credit Loans (after giving
effect to any Loan Request) to be equal to such Bank's Commitment Percentage of
the outstanding amount of such Revolving Credit Loans (after giving effect to
any Loan Request), in any case where, prior to such event or action, the actual
share is not so equal.

        Settlement Amount.  See Section 2.10.1.

        Settlement Date. (a) The Drawdown Date relating to any Loan Request, (b)
Friday of each week, or if a Friday is not a Business Day, the Business Day
immediately following such Friday, (c) at the option of the Agent, on any
Business Day following a day on which the account officers of the Agent active
upon the Borrower's account become aware of the existence of an Event of
Default, (d) any Business Day on which the amount of Revolving Credit Loans
outstanding from BKB plus BKB's Commitment Percentage of the sum of the Maximum
Drawing Amount and any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations is equal to or greater
than BKB's Commitment Percentage of the Total Commitment, (e) at the option of
the Agent, on any Business Day following a day on which the Agent requests a
Settlement occur, (f) any day on which any conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a
Eurodollar Rate Loan occurs, or (g) any Business Day on which (i) the amount of
outstanding Revolving Credit Loans decreases and (ii) the amount of the Agent's
Revolving Credit Loans outstanding equals zero Dollars ($0).

        Settling Bank.  See Section 2.10.1.

        Stock Option Plan. The Borrower's employee and non-employee director
stock option plans existing on the Closing Date and more fully described on
Schedule 10.1 hereto.

        Stock Pledge Agreement. The Stock Pledge Agreement, dated or to be dated
on or prior to the Closing Date, between the Borrower and the Agent and in form
and substance satisfactory to the Banks and the Agent.

        Strategic Partners. Any corporation or other business entity with which
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has or seeks to have a substantial or
continuing commercial relationship involving the purchase and/or sale of
products or materials or the development, acquisition or use of products,
technology or intellectual property, and which Strategic Partner and any


<PAGE>   28
                                       20


Investment in such Strategic Partner by the Borrower has been approved by the
Board of Directors of the Borrower prior to making any Investment in such
Strategic Partner.

        Subordinated Debt. Unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries that is expressly subordinated and made junior to the payment and
performance in full of the Obligations, and evidenced as such by the
Subordinated Indenture or by another written instrument containing subordination
provisions in form and substance approved by the Agent and the Majority Banks in
writing.

        Subordinated Debt Documents. The Subordinated Purchase Agreement, the
Subordinated Indenture, the Subordinated Registration Right Agreement, the
Subordinated Notes, and any other document, agreement or instrument evidencing
any Subordinated Debt.

        Subordinated Indenture. The Indenture dated on or about February 18,
1998 between the Borrower and the Indenture Trustee relating to the Subordinated
Notes, a copy of which has been delivered to the Agent on or prior to the
Closing Date.

        Subordinated Notes. The Zero Coupon Convertible Subordinated Debentures
due 2018 in the initial aggregate principal amount at the maturity of
$1,128,000,000 to be issued pursuant to the Subordinated Indenture, a copy of
which has been delivered to the Agent on or prior to the Closing Date.

        Subordinated Purchase Agreement. The Purchase Agreement, as such term is
defined in the Subordinated Indenture, relating to the issuance and sale by the
Borrower of the Subordinated Notes, a copy of which has been delivered to the
Agent on or prior to the Closing Date.

        Subordinated Registration Rights Agreement. The Registration Rights
Agreement, as such term is defined in the Subordinated Indenture, relating to
the issuance and sale by the Borrower of the Subordinated Notes, a copy of which
has been delivered to the Agent on or prior to the "Closing Date".

        Subsidiary. Any corporation, association, trust, or other business
entity of which the designated parent shall at any time own directly or
indirectly through a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries at least a majority (by number
of votes) of the outstanding Voting Stock.

        Synthetic Lease. As such term is defined in subparagraph (f) of the
definition of "Indebtedness".

        Term Loan. The term loan made or to be made by the Banks to the Borrower
on the Closing Date in the aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000 pursuant to
Section 4.1.

        Term Loan Maturity Date. November 2, 2001.

        Term Notes. See Section 4.2.

        Term Note Record. A Record with respect to a Term Note.


<PAGE>   29
                                       21


        Total Commitment. The sum of the Commitments of the Banks, as in effect
from time to time.

        Total Facility Usage. The sum of (a) the Revolving Credit Loans
Outstanding, (b) the Maximum Drawing Amount and (c) Unpaid Reimbursement
Obligations.

        Trademark Assignments. The several Trademark Assignments, dated or to be
dated on or prior to the Closing Date, made by the Borrower and the Guarantors
in favor of the Agent and in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks and
the Agent.

        Type. As to any Revolving Credit Loan or all or any portion of the Term
Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

        UK Debenture. The Debenture, dated or to be dated on or prior to the
Closing Date, between WD UK and the Agent and in form and substance satisfactory
to the Agent and the Banks.

        Uniform Customs. With respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform
Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International
Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 or any successor version thereto adopted
by the Agent in the ordinary course of its business as a letter of credit issuer
and in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit.

        Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation. Any Reimbursement Obligation for which
the Borrower does not reimburse the Agent and the Banks on the date specified
in, and in accordance with, Section 5.2.

        Voting Stock. Stock or similar interests, of any class or classes
(however designated), the holders of which are at the time entitled, as such
holders, to vote for the election of a majority of the directors (or persons
performing similar functions) of the corporation, association, trust or other
business entity involved, whether or not the right so to vote exists by reason
of the happening of a contingency.

        WD Cayman Islands. Western Digital Ireland, Ltd., an entity formed under
the laws of the Cayman Islands and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

        WD Germany. Western Digital (Deutschland) GmbH, an entity formed under
the laws of Germany and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

        WD Malaysia. Western Digital (Malaysia) SDN BHD, an entity formed under
the laws of Malaysia and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

        WD UK. Western Digital (U.K.) Limited., an entity formed under the laws
of the United Kingdom and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

        1.2.  RULES OF INTERPRETATION.


<PAGE>   30
                                       22


               (a) A reference to any document or agreement shall include such
        document or agreement as amended, modified or supplemented from time to
        time in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Credit
        Agreement.

               (b) The singular includes the plural and the plural includes the
        singular.

               (c) A reference to any law includes any amendment or
        modification to such law.

               (d) A reference to any Person includes its permitted successors
        and permitted assigns.

               (e) Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
        meanings assigned to them by generally accepted accounting principles
        applied on a consistent basis by the accounting entity to which they
        refer.

               (f) The words "include", "includes" and "including" are not
        limiting.

               (g) All terms not specifically defined herein or by generally
        accepted accounting principles, which terms are defined in the Uniform
        Commercial Code as in effect in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, have
        the meanings assigned to them therein, with the term "instrument" being
        that defined under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

               (h) Reference to a particular "Section " refers to that section
        of this Credit Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

               (i) The words "herein", "hereof", "hereunder" and words of like
        import shall refer to this Credit Agreement as a whole and not to any
        particular section or subdivision of this Credit Agreement.

               (j) Unless otherwise expressly indicated, in the computation of
        periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the
        word "from" means "from and including," the words "to" and "until" each
        mean "to but excluding," and the word "through" means "to and
        including."

               (k) This Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use
        several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the
        same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements
        are, however, cumulative and are to be performed in accordance with the
        terms thereof.

               (l) This Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the
        result of negotiation among, and have been reviewed by counsel to, among
        others, the Agent and the Borrower and are the product of discussions
        and negotiations among all parties. Accordingly, this Credit Agreement
        and the other Loan Documents are not intended to be construed against
        the Agent or any of the Banks merely on account of the Agent's or any
        Bank's involvement in the preparation of such documents.


<PAGE>   31
                                       23


                        2. THE REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY.

        2.1. COMMITMENT TO LEND. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
in this Credit Agreement, each of the Banks severally agrees to lend to the
Borrower and the Borrower may borrow, repay, and reborrow from time to time
between the Closing Date and the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date upon notice
by the Borrower to the Agent given in accordance with Section 2.6, such sums as
are requested by the Borrower up to a maximum aggregate amount outstanding
(after giving effect to all amounts requested) at any one time equal to such
Bank's Commitment minus such Bank's Commitment Percentage of the sum of the
Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations, provided that
the Total Facility Usage shall not at any time exceed the lesser of (a) the
Total Commitment and (b) the Borrowing Base. The Revolving Credit Loans shall be
made pro rata in accordance with each Bank's Commitment Percentage. Each request
for a Revolving Credit Loan hereunder shall constitute a representation and
warranty by the Borrower that the conditions set forth in Section 12 and Section
13, in the case of the initial Revolving Credit Loans to be made on the Closing
Date, and Section 13, in the case of all other Revolving Credit Loans, have been
satisfied on the date of such request.

        2.2. COMMITMENT FEE. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the
accounts of the Banks in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages
a commitment fee (the "Commitment Fee") calculated at rate of one half of one
percent (.5%) per annum on the average daily amount during each calendar quarter
or portion thereof from the Closing Date to the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity
Date by which the Total Commitment exceeds the Total Facility Usage during such
calendar quarter. The Commitment Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on
the first day of each calendar quarter for the immediately preceding calendar
quarter commencing on the first such date following the date hereof, with a
final payment on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or any earlier date on which
the Commitments shall terminate.

        2.3. REDUCTION OF TOTAL COMMITMENT. The Borrower shall have the right at
any time and from time to time upon five (5) Business Days prior written notice
to the Agent to reduce by $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess
thereof or terminate entirely the Total Commitment, whereupon the Commitments of
the Banks shall be reduced pro rata in accordance with their respective
Commitment Percentages of the amount specified in such notice or, as the case
may be, terminated. Promptly after receiving any notice of the Borrower
delivered pursuant to this Section 2.3, the Agent will notify the Banks of the
substance thereof. Without duplication for amounts to be paid pursuant to
Section 4.4 hereof, if the Borrower repays or prepays all outstanding Loans and
the Total Commitment is terminated in its entirety, whether in a single
transaction or in a series of related transactions, the Borrower shall pay to
the Agent a premium in an amount calculated as follows:

        (a) if such repayment or prepayment and termination is concluded on or
prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to one
percent (1%) of the sum of (i) the Total Commitment plus (ii) the outstanding
amount of the Term Loan immediately prior to such repayment or prepayment or the
first of a related series of repayments or prepayments, as the case may be;

        (b) if such repayment or prepayment and termination is concluded after
the first anniversary of the Closing Date but on or prior to the second
anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to one half of one percent
(1/2%) of the Total Commitment plus the outstanding 


<PAGE>   32
                                       24


amount of the Term Loan immediately prior to such repayment or prepayment or the
first of a related series of repayments or prepayments, as the case may be; and

        (c) if such repayment or prepayment is concluded after the second
anniversary of the Closing Date, no premium shall be payable.

        No reduction or termination of the Total Commitment may be reinstated.

        2.4. THE REVOLVING CREDIT NOTES. The Revolving Credit Loans shall be
evidenced by separate promissory notes of the Borrower in substantially the form
of Exhibit B hereto (each a "Revolving Credit Note"), dated as of the Closing
Date and completed with appropriate insertions. One Revolving Credit Note shall
be payable to the order of each Bank in a principal amount equal to such Bank's
Commitment or, if less, the outstanding amount of all Revolving Credit Loans
made by such Bank, plus interest accrued thereon, as set forth below. The
Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Bank to make or cause to be made, at or
about the time of the Drawdown Date of any Revolving Credit Loan or at the time
of receipt of any payment of principal on such Bank's Revolving Credit Note, an
appropriate notation on such Bank's Revolving Credit Note Record reflecting the
making of such Revolving Credit Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such
payment. The outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans set forth on such
Bank's Revolving Credit Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of the
principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Bank, but the failure to
record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on such Bank's Revolving
Credit Note Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the
Borrower hereunder or under any Revolving Credit Note to make payments of
principal of or interest on any Revolving Credit Note when due.

        2.5. INTEREST ON REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS. Except as otherwise provided in
Section 6.10,

               (a) Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest for the period
        commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day of
        the Interest Period with respect thereto at the rate per annum equal to
        the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

               (b) Each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest for the period
        commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day of
        the Interest Period with respect thereto at the rate per annum equal to
        the Eurodollar Rate determined for such Interest Period plus the
        Applicable Margin.

               (c) The Borrower promises to pay interest on each Revolving
        Credit Loan in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect
        thereto.

        2.6.  REQUESTS FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.

               2.6.1. GENERAL. The Borrower shall give to the Agent written
        notice in the form of Exhibit C hereto (or telephonic notice confirmed
        in a writing in the form of Exhibit C hereto) of each Revolving Credit
        Loan requested hereunder (a "Loan Request") not later than (a) 11:00
        a.m. (Boston time) on the proposed Drawdown Date of any Base Rate Loan
        and (b) 11:00 a.m. (Boston time) two (2) Eurodollar Business Days prior
        to the proposed Drawdown Date of any Eurodollar Rate Loan. Each such
        notice shall specify (i) the principal amount of the Revolving Credit
        Loan requested, (ii) the proposed 


<PAGE>   33
                                       25


        Drawdown Date of such Revolving Credit Loan, (iii) the Interest Period
        for such Revolving Credit Loan and (iv) the Type of such Revolving
        Credit Loan. Promptly upon receipt of any such notice, the Agent shall
        notify each of the Banks thereof. Each Loan Request shall be irrevocable
        and binding on the Borrower and shall obligate the Borrower to accept
        the Revolving Credit Loan requested from the Banks on the proposed
        Drawdown Date. Each Loan Request shall for a Base Rate Loan shall be in
        a minimum aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or a larger integral multiple
        of $100,000 in excess thereof, and each Loan Request for a Eurodollar
        Rate Loan shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or a
        larger integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

               2.6.2. SWING LINE. Notwithstanding the notice and minimum amount
        requirements set forth in Section 2.6.1 but otherwise in accordance with
        the terms and conditions of this Credit Agreement, the Agent may, in its
        sole discretion and without conferring with the Banks, make Revolving
        Credit Loans to the Borrower (i) by entry of credits to the Borrower's
        operating account maintained with BKB (the "Operating Account") with the
        Agent to cover checks or other charges which the Borrower has drawn or
        made against such account or (ii) in an amount as otherwise requested by
        the Borrower; provided, however that the aggregate amount of all
        advances made pursuant to this Section 2.6.2 shall not exceed
        $15,000,000 at any time outstanding. The Borrower hereby requests and
        authorizes the Agent to make from time to time such Revolving Credit
        Loans by means of appropriate entries of such credits sufficient to
        cover checks and other charges then presented for payment from the
        Operating Account or as otherwise so requested. The Borrower
        acknowledges and agrees that the making of such Revolving Credit Loans
        shall, in each case, be subject in all respects to the provisions of
        this Credit Agreement as if they were Revolving Credit Loans covered by
        a Loan Request including, without limitation, the limitations set forth
        in Section 2.1 and the requirements that the applicable provisions of
        Section 12 (in the case of Revolving Credit Loans made on the Closing
        Date) and Section 13 be satisfied. All actions taken by the Agent
        pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.6.2 shall be conclusive and
        binding on the Borrower and the Banks absent the Agent's gross
        negligence or willful misconduct. Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant
        to this Section 2.6.2 shall be Base Rate Loans until converted in
        accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and, prior to a
        Settlement, such interest shall be for the account of the Agent.

        2.7.  CONVERSION OPTIONS.

               2.7.1. CONVERSION TO DIFFERENT TYPE OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN. The
        Borrower may elect from time to time to convert any outstanding
        Revolving Credit Loan to a Revolving Credit Loan of another Type,
        provided that (a) with respect to any such conversion of a Revolving
        Credit Loan to a Base Rate Loan, the Borrower shall give the Agent at
        least one (1) Business Days prior written notice of such election; (b)
        with respect to any such conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a Eurodollar
        Rate Loan, the Borrower shall give the Agent at least two (2) Eurodollar
        Business Days prior written notice of such election; (c) with respect to
        any such conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan into a Revolving Credit
        Loan of another Type, such conversion shall only be made on the last day
        of the Interest Period with respect thereto; and (d) no Revolving Credit
        Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Rate Loan for an Interest Period
        of more than 


<PAGE>   34
                                       26


        thirty (30) days if at the date of such conversion the Borrower cannot
        satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 13 hereof; and (e) no
        Revolving Credit Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Rate Loan when
        any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. On the
        date on which such conversion is being made each Bank shall take such
        action as is necessary to transfer its Commitment Percentage of such
        Revolving Credit Loans to its Domestic Lending Office or its Eurodollar
        Lending Office, as the case may be. All or any part of outstanding
        Revolving Credit Loans of any Type may be converted into a Revolving
        Credit Loan of another Type as provided herein, provided that any
        partial conversion into a Base Rate Loan shall be in an aggregate
        principal amount of $1,000,000 or a larger integral multiple of $100,000
        in excess thereof, and any partial conversion into a Eurodollar Rate
        Loan shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or a larger
        integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Each Conversion
        Request relating to the conversion of a Revolving Credit Loan to a
        Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be irrevocable by the Borrower.

               2.7.2. CONTINUATION OF TYPE OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN. Any
        Revolving Credit Loan of any Type may be continued as a Revolving Credit
        Loan of the same Type upon the expiration of an Interest Period with
        respect thereto by compliance by the Borrower with the notice provisions
        contained in Section 2.7.1; provided that no Eurodollar Rate Loan may be
        continued as such when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and
        is continuing, but shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Loan
        on the last day of the first Interest Period relating thereto ending
        during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default; and provided,
        further, to the extent any Revolving Credit Loan was converted or
        continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a date when the Borrower was
        unable to satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 13 hereof, such
        Loan may not be continued as such if on the date of such conversion the
        Borrower remains unable to satisfy the conditions set forth in Section
        13 hereof, but shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Loan on
        the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto. In the event that
        the Borrower fails to provide any such notice with respect to the
        continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loan as such, then such Eurodollar
        Rate Loan shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Loan on the
        last day of the first Interest Period relating thereto. The Agent shall
        notify the Banks promptly when any such automatic conversion
        contemplated by this Section 2.7 is scheduled to occur.

               2.7.3. EURODOLLAR RATE LOANS. Any conversion to or from
        Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to
        such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate
        principal amount of all Eurodollar Rate Loans having the same Interest
        Period shall not be less than $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of
        $1,000,000 in excess thereof. In addition, there shall not be more than
        ten (10) Eurodollar Rate Loans outstanding at any one time.

        2.8.  FUNDS FOR REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN.

               2.8.1. FUNDING PROCEDURES. Not later than 2:00 p.m. (Boston time)
        on the proposed Drawdown Date of any Revolving Credit Loans, each of the
        Banks will make available to the Agent, at the Agent's Head Office, in
        immediately available funds, the amount of such Bank's Commitment
        Percentage of the amount of the requested Revolving Credit Loans. Upon
        receipt from each Bank of such amount, and upon receipt 


<PAGE>   35
                                       27


        of the documents required by Sections 12 and 13 and the satisfaction of
        the other conditions set forth therein, to the extent applicable, the
        Agent will make available to the Borrower the aggregate amount of such
        Revolving Credit Loans made available to the Agent by the Banks. The
        failure or refusal of any Bank to make available to the Agent at the
        aforesaid time and place on any Drawdown Date the amount of its
        Commitment Percentage of the requested Revolving Credit Loans shall not
        relieve any other Bank from its several obligation hereunder to make
        available to the Agent the amount of such other Bank's Commitment
        Percentage of any requested Revolving Credit Loans.

               2.8.2. ADVANCES BY AGENT. The Agent may, unless notified to the
        contrary by any Bank prior to a Drawdown Date, assume that such Bank has
        made available to the Agent on such Drawdown Date the amount of such
        Bank's Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Credit Loans to be made on
        such Drawdown Date, and the Agent may (but it shall not be required to),
        in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a
        corresponding amount. If any Bank makes available to the Agent such
        amount on a date after such Drawdown Date, such Bank shall pay to the
        Agent on demand an amount equal to the product of (a) the average
        computed for the period referred to in clause (c) below, of the weighted
        average interest rate paid by the Agent for federal funds acquired by
        the Agent during each day included in such period, times (b) the amount
        of such Bank's Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Credit Loans,
        times (c) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days that
        elapse from and including such Drawdown Date to the date on which the
        amount of such Bank's Commitment Percentage of such Revolving Credit
        Loans shall become immediately available to the Agent, and the
        denominator of which is 360. A statement of the Agent submitted to such
        Bank with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be
        prima facie evidence of the amount due and owing to the Agent by such
        Bank. If the amount of such Bank's Commitment Percentage of such
        Revolving Credit Loans is not made available to the Agent by such Bank
        within three (3) Business Days following such Drawdown Date, the Agent
        shall be entitled to recover such amount from the Borrower on demand,
        with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to the Revolving
        Credit Loans made on such Drawdown Date.

        2.9. CHANGE IN BORROWING BASE. The Borrowing Base shall be determined
monthly (or at such other interval as may be specified pursuant to Section
9.4(f)) by the Agent by reference to the Borrowing Base Report delivered to the
Banks and the Agent pursuant to Section 9.4(f) and other information obtained by
or provided to the Agent. The Agent shall give to the Borrower written notice of
any change in the Borrowing Base determined by the Agent. In the case of a
reduction in the lending formula with respect to Eligible Accounts Receivable or
Eligible Domestic Inventory, as the case may be, such notice shall be effective
ten (10) Business Days after its receipt by the Borrower, and in the case of any
change in the general criteria for Eligible Accounts Receivable or Eligible
Domestic Inventory, as the case may be, such notice shall be effective upon its
receipt by the Borrower.

        2.10.  SETTLEMENTS.

               2.10.1. GENERAL. On each Settlement Date, the Agent shall, not
        later than 11:00 a.m. (Boston time), give telephonic or facsimile notice
        (i) to the Banks and the Borrower of the respective outstanding amount
        of Revolving Credit Loans made by the Agent on 


<PAGE>   36
                                       28


        behalf of the Banks from the immediately preceding Settlement Date
        through the close of business on the prior day and the amount of any
        Eurodollar Rate Loans to be made (following the giving of notice
        pursuant to Section 2.6.1(ii)) on such date pursuant to a Loan Request
        and (ii) to the Banks of the amount (a "Settlement Amount") that each
        Bank (a "Settling Bank") shall pay to effect a Settlement of any
        Revolving Credit Loan. A statement of the Agent submitted to the Banks
        and the Borrower or to the Banks with respect to any amounts owing under
        this Section 2.10 shall be prima facie evidence of the amount due and
        owing. Each Settling Bank shall, not later than 3:00 p.m. (Boston time)
        on such Settlement Date, effect a wire transfer of immediately available
        funds to the Agent in the amount of the Settlement Amount for such
        Settling Bank. All funds advanced by any Bank as a Settling Bank
        pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall for all purposes be treated as a
        Revolving Credit Loan made by such Settling Bank to the Borrower and all
        funds received by any Bank pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall for all
        purposes be treated as repayment of amounts owed with respect to
        Revolving Credit Loans made by such Bank. In the event that any
        bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, receivership or similar cases
        or proceedings in which the Borrower is a debtor prevent a Settling Bank
        from making any Revolving Credit Loan to effect a Settlement as
        contemplated hereby, such Settling Bank will make such dispositions and
        arrangements with the other Banks with respect to such Revolving Credit
        Loans, either by way of purchase of participations, distribution, pro
        tanto assignment of claims, subrogation or otherwise as shall result in
        each Bank's share of the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans being equal,
        as nearly as may be, to such Bank's Commitment Percentage of the
        outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans.

               2.10.2. FAILURE TO MAKE FUNDS AVAILABLE. The Agent may, unless
        notified to the contrary by any Settling Bank prior to a Settlement
        Date, assume that such Settling Bank has made or will make available to
        the Agent on such Settlement Date the amount of such Settling Bank's
        Settlement Amount, and the Agent may (but it shall not be required to),
        in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a
        corresponding amount. If any Settling Bank makes available to the Agent
        such amount on a date after such Settlement Date, such Settling Bank
        shall pay to the Agent on demand an amount equal to the product of (i)
        the average computed for the period referred to in clause (iii) below,
        of the weighted average interest rate paid by the Agent for federal
        funds acquired by the Agent during each day included in such period,
        times (ii) the amount of such Settlement Amount, times (iii) a fraction,
        the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse from and
        including such Settlement Date to the date on which the amount of such
        Settlement Amount shall become immediately available to the Agent, and
        the denominator of which is 360. A statement of the Agent submitted to
        such Settling Bank with respect to any amounts owing under this Section
        2.10.2 shall be prima facie evidence of the amount due and owing to the
        Agent by such Settling Bank. If such Settling Bank's Settlement Amount
        is not made available to the Agent by such Settling Bank within three
        (3) Business Days following such Settlement Date, the Agent shall be
        entitled to recover such amount from the Borrower on demand, with
        interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to the Revolving
        Credit Loans as of such Settlement Date.

               2.10.3. NO EFFECT ON OTHER BANKS. The failure or refusal of any
        Settling Bank to make available to the Agent at the aforesaid time and
        place on any Settlement Date the amount of such Settling Bank's
        Settlement Amount shall not (i) relieve any other 

<PAGE>   37
                                       29


        Settling Bank from its several obligations hereunder to make available
        to the Agent the amount of such other Settling Bank's Settlement Amount
        or (ii) impose upon any Bank, other than the Settling Bank so failing or
        refusing, any liability with respect to such failure or refusal or
        otherwise increase the Commitment of such other Bank.

        2.11.  REPAYMENTS OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS PRIOR TO EVENT OF DEFAULT.

               2.11.1. CREDIT FOR FUNDS RECEIVED IN CONCENTRATION ACCOUNT. Prior
        to the occurrence of an Event of Default as to which the account
        officers of the Agent active upon the Borrower's account have actual
        knowledge, (i) all funds and cash proceeds in the form of money, checks
        and like items received in the BKB Concentration Account as contemplated
        by Section 9.15 shall be credited, on the same Business Day on which the
        Agent determines that good collected funds have been received, and,
        prior to the receipt of good collected funds, on a provisional basis
        until final receipt of good collected funds, and applied as contemplated
        by Section 2.11.2, (ii) all funds and cash proceeds in the form of a
        wire transfer received in the BKB Concentration Account as contemplated
        by Section 9.15 shall be credited on the same Business Day as the
        Agent's receipt of such amounts (or up to such later date as the Agent
        determines that good collected funds have been received), and applied as
        contemplated by Section 2.11.2, and (iii) all funds and cash proceeds in
        the form of an automated clearing house transfer or similar transfer, to
        the extent applicable, received in the BKB Concentration Account as
        contemplated by Section 9.15 shall be credited, on the next Business Day
        following the Agent's receipt of such amounts (or up to such later date
        as the Agent determines that good collected funds have been received),
        and applied as contemplated by Section 2.11.2. For purposes of the
        foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11.1, and to the extent any funds
        so received pursuant to this Section 2.11.1 are to be used to make any
        payments or prepayments on any Obligations under the Loan Documents, the
        Agent shall not be deemed to have received any such funds or cash
        proceeds on any day unless received by the Agent before (a) 4:00 p.m.
        (Boston time) on such day if such funds are being used to make a payment
        on any advances made pursuant to Section 2.6.2 for which a Settlement
        has not yet occurred; and (b) in all other cases, 2:30 p.m. (Boston
        time) on such day. The Borrower further acknowledges and agrees that any
        such provisional credits or credits in respect of wire, automatic
        clearing house funds transfers or similar transfers shall be subject to
        reversal if final collection in good funds of the related item is not
        received by, or final settlement of the funds transfer is not made in
        favor of, the Agent in accordance with the Agent's customary procedures
        and practices for collecting provisional items or receiving settlement
        of funds transfers.

               2.11.2.  APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS PRIOR TO EVENT OF DEFAULT.

                      (a) Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default of
               which the account officers of the Agent active on the Borrower's
               account have knowledge, and so long as the outstanding amount of
               all Revolving Credit Loans (which shall not include the Maximum
               Drawing Amounts of any issued and outstanding Letters of Credit)
               is less than $75,000,000 at all times and the Excess Availability
               is greater than $100,000,000 at all times, all funds transferred
               to the BKB Concentration Account and for which the Borrower or
               Guarantor, as the case may be, has received credits shall, except
               as otherwise required by Section 5.2(c), be applied to the
               Operating Account (in the case of the Borrower) or, as the case


<PAGE>   38
                                       30


               may be, the operating account of a Guarantor maintained with the
               Agent (the "Guarantor Operating Account"). In the event the
               outstanding amount of all Revolving Credit Loans (which shall not
               include the Maximum Drawing Amounts of any issued and outstanding
               Letters of Credit) at any time exceeds $75,000,000 or the Excess
               Availability at any time is less than $100,000,000 (hereinafter
               being referred to as the "Trigger Event"), all funds transferred
               to the BKB Concentration Account and for which the Borrower or
               such Guarantor, as the case may be, has received credits shall,
               except as otherwise required by Section 5.2(c), be applied to the
               Obligations as follows:

                             (i) first, to pay amounts then due and payable
                      under this Credit Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan
                      Documents;

                             (ii) second, to reduce other Revolving Credit Loans
                      made by the Agent pursuant to Section 2.6.2 and for which
                      Settlement has not then been made;

                             (iii) third, to reduce other Revolving Credit Loans
                      which are Base Rate Loans;

                             (iv) fourth, to reduce Revolving Credit Loans which
                      are Eurodollar Rate Loans; and

                             (v) fifth, except as otherwise required by Section
                      5.2(b) and (c), to the Operating Account or the Guarantor
                      Operating Account, as the case may be.

                             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
                      in the immediately preceding sentence, in the event the
                      Trigger Event has occurred, so long as no Default or Event
                      of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist
                      as a result thereof, the Agent shall, to the extent funds
                      are available in the Guarantor's BKB Concentration Account
                      for which the Guarantor has received credit, transfer an
                      amount into the Guarantor Operating Account which would be
                      sufficient for the Guarantor to maintain a $5,000,000
                      daily balance in the Guarantor Operating Account
                      (provided, however, that the Agent shall only be required
                      to make one such transfer each Business Day). To the
                      extent funds are not so available, the Agent shall
                      transfer into the Guarantor Operating Account (with the
                      Agent only being required to make one such transfer each
                      Business Day) the entire balance of such Guarantor's BKB
                      Concentration Account until such time, if ever, that the
                      balance in the Guarantor Operating Account is $5,000,000.

                      (b) All prepayments of Eurodollar Rate Loans prior to the
               end of an Interest Period shall obligate the Borrower to pay any
               breakage costs associated with such Eurodollar Rate Loans in
               accordance with Section 6.9. Prior to the occurrence of an Event
               of Default, the Borrower may elect to avoid such breakage costs
               by providing to the Agent cash in an amount sufficient to cash


<PAGE>   39
                                       31


               collateralize such Eurodollar Rate Loans, but in no event shall
               the Borrower be deemed to have paid such Eurodollar Rate Loans
               until such cash has been paid to the Agent for application to
               such Eurodollar Rate Loans. The Agent may elect to cause such
               cash collateral to be deposited into a cash collateral account
               pursuant to the terms of a cash collateral agreement executed by
               the Borrower and the Agent and in form and substance satisfactory
               to the Agent with appropriate instructions prohibiting the
               Borrower's withdrawal of such funds so long as they remain cash
               collateral. In each such case, the Borrower agrees to execute and
               deliver to the Agent such instruments and documents, including
               Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and agreements with
               any third party depository banks, as the Agent may request.

                      (c) All prepayments of the Revolving Credit Loans pursuant
               to this Section 2.11.2 shall be allocated among the Banks making
               such Revolving Credit Loans, in proportion, as nearly as
               practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amount of such
               Revolving Credit Loans outstanding, with adjustments to the
               extent practicable to equalize any prior payments or repayments
               not exactly in proportion.

        2.12. REPAYMENTS OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS AFTER EVENT OF DEFAULT.
Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default of
which the account officers of the Agent active on the Borrower's account have
knowledge, all funds transferred to the BKB Concentration Account and for which
the Borrower or any Guarantor has received credits shall be applied to the
Obligations in accordance with Section 14.4.

                   3. REPAYMENT OF THE REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.

        3.1. MATURITY. The Borrower promises to pay on the Revolving Credit Loan
Maturity Date, and there shall become absolutely due and payable on the
Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date, all of the Revolving Credit Loans
outstanding on such date, together with any and all accrued and unpaid interest
thereon.

        3.2. MANDATORY REPAYMENTS OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS. If at any time the
Total Facility Usage exceeds the lesser of (a) the Total Commitment and (b) the
Borrowing Base, then the Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of such
excess to the Agent for the respective accounts of the Banks for application:
first, to any Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations; second, to the Revolving Credit
Loans; and third, to provide to the Agent cash collateral for Reimbursement
Obligations as contemplated by Section 5.2(b) and (c). Each payment of any
Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations or prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans shall
be allocated among the Banks, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to each
Reimbursement Obligation or (as the case may be) the respective unpaid principal
amount of each Bank's Revolving Credit Note, with adjustments to the extent
practicable to equalize any prior payments or repayments not exactly in
proportion.

        3.3. OPTIONAL REPAYMENTS OF REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS. The Borrower shall
have the right, at its election, to repay the outstanding amount of the
Revolving Credit Loans, as a whole or in part, at any time without penalty or
premium, but subject to Section 6.9. The Borrower shall give the Agent, no later
than 1:00 p.m., Boston time, on the Business Day of such proposed 


<PAGE>   40
                                       32


prepayment, written notice of any proposed prepayment pursuant to this Section
3.3 of Base Rate Loans, and two (2) Eurodollar Business Days notice of any
proposed prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.3 of Eurodollar Rate Loans, in
each case specifying the proposed date of prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans
and the principal amount to be prepaid. Each such partial prepayment of the
Revolving Credit Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and shall be applied, in the absence of
instruction by the Borrower, first to the principal of Base Rate Loans and then
to the principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans. Each partial prepayment shall be
allocated among the Banks, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the
respective unpaid principal amount of each Bank's Revolving Credit Note, with
adjustments to the extent practicable to equalize any prior repayments not
exactly in proportion.

                                4. THE TERM LOAN.

        4.1. COMMITMENT TO LEND. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
in this Credit Agreement, each Bank agrees to lend to the Borrower on the
Closing Date the amount of its Commitment Percentage of the principal amount of
$50,000,000.

        4.2. THE TERM NOTES. The Term Loan shall be evidenced by separate
promissory notes of the Borrower in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto
(each a "Term Note"), dated the Closing Date and completed with appropriate
insertions. One Term Note shall be payable to the order of each Bank in a
principal amount equal to such Bank's Commitment Percentage of the Term Loan and
representing the obligation of the Borrower to pay to such Bank such principal
amount or, if less, the outstanding amount of such Bank's Commitment Percentage
of the Term Loan, plus interest accrued thereon, as set forth below. The
Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Bank to make or cause to be made a notation
on such Bank's Term Note Record reflecting the original principal amount of such
Bank's Commitment Percentage of the Term Loan and, at or about the time of such
Bank's receipt of any principal payment on such Bank's Term Note, an appropriate
notation on such Bank's Term Note Record reflecting such payment. The aggregate
unpaid amount set forth on such Bank's Term Note Record shall be prima facie
evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Bank, but the
failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on such Bank's
Term Note Record shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or
under any Term Note to make payments of principal of and interest on any Term
Note when due.

        4.3. SCHEDULE OF INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL OF TERM LOAN. The
Borrower promises to pay to the Agent for the account of the Banks the principal
amount of the Term Loan in quarterly payments of $2,500,000, which payments
shall be due and payable quarterly on the last day of each calendar quarter
commencing on September 30, 1999, with the unpaid balance of the Term Loan
payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

        4.4. OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT OF TERM LOAN. The Borrower shall have the right
at any time to prepay the Term Notes on or before the Term Loan Maturity Date,
as a whole, or in part, upon not less than five (5) Business Days prior written
notice to the Agent, without premium or penalty but subject to Section 6.9,
provided that (a) each partial prepayment shall be in the principal amount of
$5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, and (b) each
partial prepayment shall be allocated among the Banks, in proportion, as nearly
as practicable, to the respective outstanding amount of each Bank's Term Note,
with adjustments to the extent 


<PAGE>   41
                                       33


practicable to equalize any prior prepayments not exactly in proportion. Any
prepayment of principal of the Term Loan shall include all interest accrued to
the date of prepayment and shall be applied against the scheduled installments
of principal due on the Term Loan in the inverse order of maturity. No amount
repaid with respect to the Term Loan may be reborrowed. Without duplication for
amounts to be paid pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, if the Borrower prepays the
Term Notes in whole or in part in connection with a termination of the Total
Commitment (whether in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions), the Borrower shall pay a premium with respect to each such
prepayment in an amount determined in accordance with the percentages set forth
in the following table opposite the period during which such prepayment is made:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Period                                        Prepayment Premium
         ------                                        ------------------
<S>                                               <C>

Closing Date through
first anniversary thereof                              1% of amount prepaid

First anniversary of
Closing Date through second
Anniversary of Closing Date                           1/2% of amount prepaid

Thereafter                                                      -0-
</TABLE>



        4.5.  INTEREST ON TERM LOAN.

               4.5.1. INTEREST RATES. Except as otherwise provided in Section
        6.10, the Term Loan shall bear interest during each Interest Period
        relating to all or any portion of the Term Loan at the following rates:

                      (a) To the extent that all or any portion of the Term Loan
               bears interest during such Interest Period at the Base Rate, the
               Term Loan or such portion shall bear interest during such
               Interest Period at the rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus
               the Applicable Margin.

                      (b) To the extent that all or any portion of the Term Loan
               bears interest during such Interest Period at the Eurodollar
               Rate, the Term Loan or such portion shall bear interest during
               such Interest Period at the rate of per annum equal to the
               Eurodollar Rate determined for such Interest Period plus the
               Applicable Margin.

        The Borrower promises to pay interest on the Term Loan or any portion
        thereof outstanding during each Interest Period in arrears on each
        Interest Payment Date applicable to such Interest Period.

               4.5.2. NOTIFICATION BY BORROWER. The Borrower shall notify the
        Agent, such notice to be irrevocable, at least three (3) Eurodollar
        Business Days prior to the 


<PAGE>   42
                                       34


        Drawdown Date of the Term Loan if all or any portion of the Term Loan is
        to bear interest at the Eurodollar Rate. After the Term Loan has been
        made, the provisions of Section 2.7 shall apply mutatis mutandis with
        respect to all or any portion of the Term Loan so that the Borrower may
        have the same interest rate options with respect to all or any portion
        of the Term Loan as it would be entitled to with respect to the
        Revolving Credit Loans.

               4.5.3. AMOUNTS, ETC. Any portion of the Term Loan bearing
        interest at the Eurodollar Rate relating to any Interest Period shall be
        in the amount of $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $2,500,000 in
        excess thereof. No Interest Period relating to the Term Loan or any
        portion thereof bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate shall extend
        beyond the date on which a regularly scheduled installment payment of
        the principal of the Term Loan is to be made unless a portion of the
        Term Loan at least equal to such installment payment has an Interest
        Period ending on such date or is then bearing interest at the Base Rate.

        4.6.  MANDATORY REPAYMENTS OF TERM LOAN.

               4.6.1. TERM LOAN. If at any time the Borrowing Base shall be less
        than $0, then the Borrowers shall immediately pay to the Agent for the
        respective accounts of the Banks, to be applied to the Term Loan, an
        amount sufficient to cause the Borrowing Base to be greater than $0.

               4.6.2. PROCEEDS OF ASSET SALES AND EQUITY ISSUANCES. In the event
        the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries receives any (a) Net Cash Sale
        Proceeds from any Asset Sale permitted by Section 10.5.2 or otherwise
        consented to in writing by the Agent and the Majority Banks (or, in the
        event such a sale constitutes a sale of all or substantially all of the
        Collateral, then all the Banks) (other than Net Cash Sale Proceeds from
        the sale of equipment or inventory which are to be reinvested by the
        Borrower or such Subsidiary within ninety (90) days of receipt thereof
        in replacement assets for those assets sold) and the aggregate amount of
        all Net Cash Sale Proceeds exceeds $2,500,000 or (b) Net Cash Proceeds
        from any Equity Issuances by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
        after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall, immediately upon receipt
        thereof, or, in the case of Net Cash Sale Proceeds which are to be
        reinvested in replacement assets, ninety (90) days after receipt thereof
        if such proceeds are not so reinvested within such 90 days, make a
        prepayment of principal on the Term Loan in the amount of such proceeds
        (or, in the case of Net Cash Sale Proceeds required to be repaid, in the
        amount which exceeds $2,500,000), with such payment being applied
        against the scheduled installments of principal due on the Term Loan in
        the inverse order of maturity.

                              5. LETTERS OF CREDIT.

        5.1.  LETTER OF CREDIT COMMITMENTS.

               5.1.1. COMMITMENT TO ISSUE LETTERS OF CREDIT. Subject to the
        terms and conditions hereof and the execution and delivery by the
        Borrower of a letter of credit application on the Agent's customary form
        (a "Letter of Credit Application"), the Agent on behalf of the Banks and
        in reliance upon the agreement of the Banks set forth in 


<PAGE>   43
                                       35


        Section 5.1.4 and upon the representations and warranties of the
        Borrower contained herein, agrees, in its individual capacity, to issue,
        extend and renew for the account of the Borrower one or more standby
        letters of credit (individually, a "Letter of Credit"), denominated in
        Dollars or any Optional Currency in such form as may be requested from
        time to time by the Borrower and agreed to by the Agent; provided,
        however, that, after giving effect to such request, (a) the sum of the
        Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate Maximum Drawing Amount and all Unpaid
        Reimbursement Obligations shall not exceed $50,000,000 at any one time
        and (b) the sum of the Dollar Equivalent (i) of the Maximum Drawing
        Amount on all Letters of Credit, (ii) of all Unpaid Reimbursement
        Obligations, and (iii) of the amount of all Revolving Credit Loans
        outstanding shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the Total Commitment and
        (B) the Borrowing Base. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Agent shall
        have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit to support or secure
        any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the
        extent that such Indebtedness was incurred prior to the proposed
        issuance date of such Letter of Credit, unless in any such case the
        Borrower demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Agent that (x) such
        prior incurred Indebtedness were then fully secured by a prior perfected
        and unavoidable security interest in collateral provided by the Borrower
        or such Subsidiary to the proposed beneficiary of such Letter of Credit
        or (y) such prior incurred Indebtedness were then secured or supported
        by a letter of credit issued for the account of the Borrower or such
        Subsidiary and the reimbursement obligation with respect to such letter
        of credit was fully secured by a prior perfected and unavoidable
        security interest in collateral provided to the issuer of such letter of
        credit by the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

               5.1.2. LETTER OF CREDIT APPLICATIONS. Each Letter of Credit
        Application shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Agent. In the
        event that any provision of any Letter of Credit Application shall be
        inconsistent with any provision of this Credit Agreement, then the
        provisions of this Credit Agreement shall, to the extent of any such
        inconsistency, govern.

               5.1.3. TERMS OF LETTERS OF CREDIT. Each Letter of Credit issued,
        extended or renewed hereunder shall, among other things, (a) provide for
        the payment of sight drafts for honor thereunder when presented in
        accordance with the terms thereof and when accompanied by the documents
        described therein, (b) have an expiry date no later than the date which
        is fourteen (14) days (or, if the Letter of Credit is confirmed by a
        confirmer or otherwise provides for one or more nominated persons,
        forty-five (45) days) prior to the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date
        and (c) have an expiry date no longer than one (1) year from the date of
        issuance. Each Letter of Credit so issued, extended or renewed shall be
        subject to the Uniform Customs.

               5.1.4. REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATIONS OF BANKS. Each Bank severally
        agrees that it shall be absolutely liable, without regard to the
        occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any other condition
        precedent whatsoever, to the extent of such Bank's Commitment
        Percentage, to reimburse the Agent on demand for the amount of each
        draft paid by the Agent under each Letter of Credit to the extent that
        such amount is not reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.2
        (such agreement for a Bank being called herein the "Letter of Credit
        Participation" of such Bank).


<PAGE>   44
                                       36


               5.1.5. PARTICIPATIONS OF BANKS. Each such payment made by a Bank
        shall be treated as the purchase by such Bank of a participating
        interest in the Borrower's Reimbursement Obligation under Section 5.2 in
        an amount equal to such payment. Each Bank shall share in accordance
        with its participating interest in any interest which accrues pursuant
        to Section 5.2.

               5.1.6. DUTY DEFERMENT GUARANTEE/ABN STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT. The
        parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that each of the (a) Duty
        Deferment Guarantee (reference no. 11602) issued by BankBoston, N.A.,
        London Branch in favor of H.M. Customs and Excise on October 24, 1997
        guaranteeing sums of not more than 5,000,000 Pounds Sterling in the
        aggregate owed by WD UK and (b) the letter of credit issued by BKB on
        November 7, 1997 to support the bank guarantee issued by ABN Amro Bank
        in the face amount of 500,000 dutch guilders for the account of WD UK
        shall be considered Letters of Credit hereunder, as if each such bank
        guarantee and letter of credit were issued on the date hereof.

        5.2. REIMBURSEMENT OBLIGATION OF THE BORROWER. In order to induce the
Agent to issue, extend and renew each Letter of Credit and the Banks to
participate therein, the Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse or pay to the
Agent, for the account of the Agent or (as the case may be) the Banks, with
respect to each Letter of Credit issued, extended or renewed by the Agent
hereunder,

               (a) except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 5.2(b) and
        (c), on each date that any draft presented under such Letter of Credit
        is honored by the Agent, or the Agent otherwise makes a payment with
        respect thereto, (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the amount paid by the
        Agent under or with respect to such Letter of Credit, and (ii) the
        Dollar Equivalent of the amount of any taxes, fees, charges or other
        costs and expenses whatsoever incurred by the Agent or any Bank in
        connection with any payment made by the Agent or any Bank under, or with
        respect to, such Letter of Credit,

               (b) upon the reduction (but not termination) of the Total
        Commitment to an amount less than the Maximum Drawing Amount, an amount
        equal to such difference, which amount shall be held by the Agent for
        the benefit of the Banks and the Agent as cash collateral for all
        Reimbursement Obligations, and

               (c) upon the termination of the Total Commitment, or the
        acceleration of the Reimbursement Obligations with respect to all
        Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 14, an amount equal to the
        Dollar Equivalent of then Maximum Drawing Amount on all Letters of
        Credit, which amount shall be held by the Agent for the benefit of the
        Banks and the Agent as cash collateral for all Reimbursement
        Obligations.

Each such payment shall be made to the Agent at the Agent's Head Office in
immediately available funds. Interest on any and all amounts remaining unpaid by
the Borrower under this Section 5.2 at any time from the date such amounts
become due and payable (whether as stated in this Section 5.2, by acceleration
or otherwise) until payment in full (whether before or after judgment) shall be
payable to the Agent on demand at the rate specified in Section 6.10 for overdue
principal on the Revolving Credit Loans.


<PAGE>   45
                                       37


        5.3. LETTER OF CREDIT PAYMENTS. If any draft shall be presented or other
demand for payment shall be made under any Letter of Credit, the Agent shall
notify the Borrower of the date and amount of the draft presented or demand for
payment and of the date and time when it expects to pay such draft or honor such
demand for payment. If the Borrower fails to reimburse the Agent as provided in
Section 5.2 on or before the date that such draft is paid or other payment is
made by the Agent, the Agent may at any time thereafter notify the Banks of the
amount of any such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation and shall specify such amount
in Dollars (which, to the extent of any Letter of Credit issued in an Optional
Currency, is based upon the actual exchange rate at which the Agent anticipates
being able to obtain the applicable Optional Currency on the date payment is to
be made by the Banks, with any excess payment being refunded to the Banks and
any deficiency being payable by such Banks) required from each of the Banks. No
later than 3:00 p.m. (Boston time) on the Business Day next following the
receipt of such notice, each Bank shall make available to the Agent, at the
Agent's Head Office, in immediately available funds, such Bank's Commitment
Percentage of such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, together with an amount
equal to the product of (a) the average, computed for the period referred to in
clause (c) below, of the weighted average interest rate paid by the Agent for
federal funds acquired by the Agent during each day included in such period,
times (b) the amount equal to such Bank's Commitment Percentage of such Unpaid
Reimbursement Obligation, times (c) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of days that elapse from and including the date the Agent paid the draft
presented for honor or otherwise made payment to the date on which such Bank's
Commitment Percentage of such Unpaid Reimbursement obligation shall become
immediately available to the Agent, and the denominator of which is 360. The
responsibility of the Agent to the Borrower and the Banks shall be only to
determine that the documents (including each draft) delivered under each Letter
of Credit in connection with such presentment shall be in conformity in all
material respects with such Letter of Credit. From and after such purchase of
the applicable Letter of Credit Participation, such Unpaid Reimbursement
Obligations shall be deemed to have been converted into Base Rate Loans made by
the Banks, and all amounts from time to time accruing, and all amounts from time
to time payable, on account of such Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations shall be
payable in Dollars as if such Letter of Credit had originally been issued in
Dollars.

        5.4. OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE. The Borrower's obligations under this Section
5 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and
irrespective of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default or any
condition precedent whatsoever or any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment
which the Borrower may have or have had against the Agent, any Bank or any
beneficiary of a Letter of Credit. The Borrower further agrees with the Agent
and the Banks that the Agent and the Banks shall not be responsible for, and the
Borrower's Reimbursement Obligations under Section 5.2 shall not be affected by,
among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any
endorsements thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any
or all respects invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among
the Borrower, the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any financing
institution or other party to which any Letter of Credit may be transferred or
any claims or defenses whatsoever of the Borrower against the beneficiary of any
Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Agent and the Banks shall not be
liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch
or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with
any Letter of Credit. The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted by
the Agent or any Bank under or in connection with each Letter of Credit and the
related drafts and documents, if done in 

<PAGE>   46
                                       38


good faith, shall be binding upon the Borrower and shall not result in any
liability on the part of the Agent or any Bank to the Borrower.

        5.5. RELIANCE BY ISSUER. To the extent not inconsistent with Section
5.4, the Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in
relying upon, any Letter of Credit, draft, writing, resolution, notice, consent,
certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy, telex or teletype
message, statement, order or other document believed by it to be genuine and
correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons
and upon advice and statements of legal counsel, independent accountants and
other experts selected by the Agent. The Agent shall be fully justified in
failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement unless it shall
first have received such advice or concurrence of the Majority Banks as it
reasonably deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable
satisfaction by the Banks against any and all liability and expense which may be
incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The
Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from
acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of the Majority Banks,
and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall
be binding upon the Banks and all future holders of the Revolving Credit Notes
or of a Letter of Credit Participation.

        5.6. LETTER OF CREDIT FEE. The Borrower shall pay quarterly in arrears
on the last day of each calendar quarter following the issuance, extension or
renewal of any Letter of Credit and at such other time or times as such charges
are customarily made by the Agent, pay a fee (in each case, a "Letter of Credit
Fee") to the Agent in respect of each Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this
Credit Agreement, calculated at the applicable rate set forth in the definition
of Applicable Margin under the column headed "Letter of Credit Fees" per annum
on the average daily undrawn face amount of each such Letter of Credit which
shall be for the accounts of the Banks in accordance with their respective
Commitment Percentages, plus an amount equal to 1/8% per annum on the face
amount of such Letter of Credit which shall be for the account of the Agent as
an issuing fee. In respect of each Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall also pay
to the Agent for the Agent's own account, on the date of any issuance,
extension, renewal or amendment of any Letter of Credit, or at such time or
times as such charges are customarily made to the Agent; plus the Agent's
customary issuance, negotiation or document examination or other administrative
fees as in effect from time to time.

                         6. CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS.

        6.1. FEES. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent the fees in the
amounts and at the times set forth in the Fee Letter.

        6.2.  FUNDS FOR PAYMENTS.

               6.2.1. PAYMENTS TO AGENT. All payments of principal, interest,
        Reimbursement Obligations, commitment fees, Letter of Credit Fees and
        any other amounts due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents
        shall be made to the Agent, for the respective accounts of the Banks and
        the Agent, at the Agent's Head Office or at such other location in the
        Boston, Massachusetts, area that the Agent may from time to time
        designate, in each case in immediately available funds.


<PAGE>   47
                                       39


               6.2.2. NO OFFSET, ETC. All payments by the Borrower hereunder and
        under any of the other Loan Documents shall be made without setoff or
        counterclaim and free and clear of and without deduction for any taxes,
        levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings,
        compulsory loans, restrictions or conditions of any nature now or
        hereafter imposed or levied by any jurisdiction or any political
        subdivision thereof or taxing or other authority therein unless the
        Borrower is compelled by law to make such deduction or withholding. If
        any such obligation is imposed upon the Borrower with respect to any
        amount payable by it hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents,
        the Borrower will pay to the Agent, for the account of the Banks or (as
        the case may be) either of the Agent, on the date on which such amount
        is due and payable hereunder or under such other Loan Document, such
        additional amount in Dollars as shall be necessary to enable the Banks
        or either of the Agent to receive the same net amount which the Banks or
        either of the Agent would have received on such due date had no such
        obligation been imposed upon the Borrower; provided, however, the
        Borrower shall have no obligations to make any such payment to any Bank
        which is organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the
        United States or any state thereof in respect of United States federal
        withholding taxes unless such Bank shall have delivered to the Borrower
        a duly completed and executed IRS form 1001 or 4224 that shows complete
        exemption of such Bank from such withholding tax. The Borrower will
        deliver promptly to the Agent certificates or other valid vouchers for
        all taxes or other charges deducted from or paid with respect to
        payments made by the Borrower hereunder or under such other Loan
        Document.

                6.2.3. CURRENCY MATTERS.

                      6.2.3.1. CURRENCY OF ACCOUNT. (a) Dollars are the
               currency of account and payment for each and every sum at any
               time due from the Borrower hereunder; provided that:

                      (i) each payment in respect of costs, expenses and
               indemnities shall be made in the currency in which the same were
               incurred; and

                      (ii) any amount expressed to be payable in a currency
               other than Dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

                      (b) No payment to the Agent or any Bank (whether under any
               judgment or court order or otherwise) shall discharge the
               obligation or liability in respect of which it was made unless
               and until the Agent or such Bank shall have received payment in
               full in the currency in which such obligation or liability was
               incurred, and to the extent that the amount of any such payment
               shall, on actual conversion into such currency, fall short of
               such obligation or liability actual or contingent expressed in
               that currency, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the
               Agent or such Bank, as the case may be, with respect to the
               amount of the shortfall.

                      6.2.3.2.  CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS.


<PAGE>   48
                                       40


                      (a) Not later than 1:00 p.m. (Boston time) on the last
               Business Day of each calendar month (the "Calculation Date"), the
               Agent shall determine the Dollar Equivalent as of such date. The
               Dollar Equivalent so determined shall become effective on the
               first Business Day immediately following such determination (a
               "Reset Date") and shall remain effective until the next
               succeeding Reset Date.

                      (b) If, on any Reset Date and on the Revolving Credit Loan
               Maturity Date, the aggregate outstanding amount (expressed in
               Dollars) of all Revolving Credit Loans, the sum of the Maximum
               Drawing Amount on such date and all Unpaid Reimbursement
               Obligations on such date, exceeds the lesser of (i) Total
               Commitment and (ii) the Borrowing Base, then (i) the Agent shall
               give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Banks and (ii) within
               two (2) Business Days thereafter, the Borrower shall repay or
               prepay the Revolving Credit Loans in accordance with this Credit
               Agreement in an aggregate principal amount such that, after
               giving effect thereto, the aggregate outstanding amount
               (expressed in Dollars) of all Revolving Credit Loans and the sum
               of the Maximum Drawing Amount on such date and all Unpaid
               Reimbursement Obligations on such date, no longer exceeds the
               lesser of (i) the Total Commitment (expressed in Dollars) and
               (ii) the Borrowing Base.

                      (c) Without limiting subsection Section 6.2.3.2(b), if, on
               any day prior to the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date, the
               aggregate outstanding amount (expressed in Dollars) of all
               Revolving Credit Loans and the sum of the Maximum Drawing Amount
               on such date and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations on such
               date, exceeds the lesser of (i) the Total Commitment and (ii) the
               Borrowing Base or more, then (i) the Agent shall give notice
               thereof to the Borrower and the Banks and (ii) the Borrower shall
               immediately repay or prepay the Revolving Credit Loans in
               accordance with this Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal
               amount such that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate
               outstanding amount (expressed in Dollars) of all Revolving Credit
               Loans and the sum of the Maximum Drawing Amount on such date and
               all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations on such date, no longer
               exceeds the lesser of (i) the Total Commitment (expressed in
               Dollars) and (ii) the Borrowing Base. Nothing set forth in this
               Section 6.2.3.2 shall be construed to require the Agent to
               calculate daily compliance under this Section 6.2.3.2 unless
               expressly requested to do so by a Bank.

                      (d) If on any Reset Date, the sum of the Maximum Drawing
               Amount on such date and all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations on
               such date (expressed in Dollars) exceeds the Letter of Credit
               sublimit set forth in Section 4.1 (expressed in Dollars), then
               the Borrower shall immediately upon demand provide cash
               collateral to the Agent such that, after giving effect thereto,
               the aggregate outstanding amount of the sum of the Maximum
               Drawing Amount on such date and all Unpaid Reimbursement
               Obligations on such date (expressed in Dollars) no longer exceed
               the Letter of Credit sublimit set forth in Section 4.1.


<PAGE>   49
                                       41


               6.2.4.  EUROPEAN MONETARY UNION.

                      (a) If, as a result of the implementation of European
               monetary union, (i) any Optional Currency ceases to be lawful
               currency of the nation issuing the same and is replaced by a
               European single currency (the so-called "Euro") or (ii) any
               Optional Currency and the "Euro" are at the same time recognized
               by the central bank or comparable authority of the nation issuing
               such Optional Currency as lawful currency of such nation and the
               Agent or the Majority Banks shall so request in a notice
               delivered to the Borrower, then any amount payable hereunder by
               the Borrower to the Banks, in such Optional Currency shall
               instead be payable in the "Euro" and the amount so payable shall
               be determined by translating the amount payable in such Optional
               Currency to the "Euro" at the exchange rate recognized by the
               European Central Bank for the purpose of implementing European
               monetary union.

                      (b) The Borrower agrees, at the request of any Bank, to
               compensate such Bank for any reasonable loss, cost, expense or
               reduction in return that shall be incurred or sustained by such
               Bank (other than through such Bank's gross negligence or willful
               misconduct) as a result of the implementation of European
               monetary union, that would not have been incurred or sustained
               but for the transactions provided for herein and that, to the
               extent that such loss, cost, expense or reduction is of a type
               generally applicable to extensions of credit similar to the
               extensions of credit hereunder, is generally being requested from
               borrowers subject to similar provisions. A certificate of a Bank
               setting forth (x) the amount or amounts necessary to compensate
               such Bank (y) describing the nature of the loss or expense
               sustained or incurred by such Bank as a consequence thereof and
               (z) setting forth a reasonably detailed explanation of the
               calculation thereof shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall
               be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such
               Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10
               days after receipt thereof.

                      (c) The Borrower agrees, at the request of the Majority
               Banks, at the time of or at any time following the implementation
               of European monetary union, to enter into an agreement amending
               this Credit Agreement in such manner as the Majority Banks shall
               reasonably specify in order to reflect the implementation of such
               European monetary union to place the parties hereto in the
               position they would have been in had such European monetary union
               not been implemented.

        6.3. COMPUTATIONS. All computations of interest on Base Rate Loans shall
be based on a 365-day year and paid for the actual number of days elapsed. All
computations of interest on the Eurodollar Rate Loans and of Commitment Fees,
Letter of Credit Fees or other fees shall be based on a 360-day year and paid
for the actual number of days elapsed. Except as otherwise provided in the
definition of the term "Interest Period" with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans,
whenever a payment hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents becomes
due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date for such payment shall be
extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and interest shall accrue during
such extension. The outstanding amount of the Loans as reflected on the Records
from time to time shall be considered correct 


<PAGE>   50
                                       42


and binding on the Borrower unless within five (5) Business Days after receipt
of any notice by the Agent or any of the Banks of such outstanding amount, the
Agent or such Bank shall notify the Borrower to the contrary.

        6.4. INABILITY TO DETERMINE EURODOLLAR RATE. In the event, prior to the
commencement of any Interest Period relating to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the
Agent shall determine or be notified by the Majority Banks that adequate and
reasonable methods do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate that would
otherwise determine the rate of interest to be applicable to any Eurodollar Rate
Loan during any Interest Period, the Agent shall forthwith give notice of such
determination (which shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the
Banks) to the Borrower and the Banks. In such event (a) any Loan Request or
Conversion Request with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be automatically
withdrawn and shall be deemed a request for Base Rate Loans, (b) each Eurodollar
Rate Loan will automatically, on the last day of the then current Interest
Period relating thereto, become a Base Rate Loan, and (c) the obligations of the
Banks to make Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Agent or the
Majority Banks determines that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension
no longer exist, whereupon the Agent or, as the case may be, the Agent upon the
instruction of the Majority Banks, shall so notify the Borrower and the Banks.

        6.5. ILLEGALITY. Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, if any
present or future law, regulation, treaty or directive or in the interpretation
or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Bank to make or maintain
Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Bank shall forthwith give notice of such
circumstances to the Borrower and the other Banks and thereupon (a) the
commitment of such Bank to make Eurodollar Rate Loans or convert Base Rate Loans
to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall forthwith be suspended and (b) such Bank's Loans
then outstanding as Eurodollar Rate Loans, if any, shall be converted
automatically to Base Rate Loans on the last day of each Interest Period
applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loans or within such earlier period as may be
required by law. The Borrower hereby agrees promptly to pay the Agent for the
account of such Bank, upon demand by such Bank, any additional amounts necessary
to compensate such Bank for any costs incurred by such Bank in making any
conversion in accordance with this Section 6.5, including any interest or fees
payable by such Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or
maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans hereunder.

        6.6. ADDITIONAL COSTS, ETC. If any present or future applicable law,
which expression, as used herein, includes statutes, rules and regulations
thereunder and interpretations thereof by any competent court or by any
governmental or other regulatory body or official charged with the
administration or the interpretation thereof and requests, directives,
instructions and notices at any time or from time to time hereafter made upon or
otherwise issued to any Bank or the Agent by any central bank or other fiscal,
monetary or other authority (whether or not having the force of law), shall:

               (a) subject any Bank or the Agent to any tax, levy, impost, duty,
        charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature with respect to this
        Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Letters of Credit, such
        Bank's Commitment or the Loans (other than taxes based upon or measured
        by the income or profits of such Bank or the Agent or based upon any
        United States withholding tax for any non U.S. Bank to the extent such
        non-U.S. Bank failed to comply with Section 6.2.2), or


<PAGE>   51
                                       43


               (b) materially change the basis of taxation (except for changes
        in taxes on income or profits) of payments to any Bank of the principal
        of or the interest on any Loans or any other amounts payable to any Bank
        or the Agent under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan
        Documents, or

               (c) impose or increase or render applicable (other than to the
        extent specifically provided for elsewhere in this Credit Agreement) any
        special deposit, reserve, assessment, liquidity, capital adequacy or
        other similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law)
        against assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, or loans
        by, or letters of credit issued by, or commitments of an office of any
        Bank, or

               (d) impose on any Bank or the Agent any other conditions or
        requirements with respect to this Credit Agreement, the other Loan
        Documents, any Letters of Credit, the Loans, such Bank's Commitment, or
        any class of loans, letters of credit or commitments of which any of the
        Loans or such Bank's Commitment forms a part, and the result of any of
        the foregoing is

                      (i) to increase the cost to any Bank of making, funding,
               issuing, renewing, extending or maintaining any of the Loans or
               such Bank's Commitment or any Letter of Credit, or

                      (ii) to reduce the amount of principal, interest,
               Reimbursement Obligation or other amount payable to such Bank or
               the Agent hereunder on account of such Bank's Commitment, any
               Letter of Credit or any of the Loans, or

                      (iii) to require such Bank or the Agent to make any
               payment or to forego any interest or Reimbursement Obligation or
               other sum payable hereunder, the amount of which payment or
               foregone interest or Reimbursement Obligation or other sum is
               calculated by reference to the gross amount of any sum receivable
               or deemed received by such Bank or the Agent from the Borrower
               hereunder,

then, and in each such case, the Borrower will, upon demand made by such Bank or
(as the case may be) the Agent at any time and from time to time and as often as
the occasion therefor may arise, pay to such Bank or the Agent such additional
amounts as will be sufficient to compensate such Bank or the Agent for such
additional cost, reduction, payment or foregone interest or Reimbursement
Obligation or other sum.

        6.7. CAPITAL ADEQUACY. If after the date hereof any Bank or the Agent
determines that (a) the adoption of or change in any law, governmental rule,
regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of
law) regarding capital requirements for banks or bank holding companies or any
change in the interpretation or application thereof by a court or governmental
authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (b) compliance by such Bank or the
Agent or any corporation controlling such Bank or the Agent with any law,
governmental rule, regulation, policy, guideline or directive (whether or not
having the force of law) of any such entity regarding capital adequacy, has the
effect of reducing the return on such Bank's or the Agent's commitment with
respect to any Loans to a level below that which such Bank or the Agent could
have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into


<PAGE>   52
                                       44


consideration such Bank's or the Agent's then existing policies with respect to
capital adequacy and assuming full utilization of such entity's capital) by any
amount deemed by such Bank or (as the case may be) the Agent to be material,
then such Bank or the Agent may notify the Borrower of such fact. To the extent
that the amount of such reduction in the return on capital is not reflected in
the Base Rate, the Borrower and such Bank shall thereafter attempt to negotiate
in good faith, within thirty (30) days of the day on which the Borrower receives
such notice, an adjustment payable hereunder that will adequately compensate
such Bank in light of these circumstances. If the Borrower and such Bank are
unable to agree to such adjustment within thirty (30) days of the date on which
the Borrower receives such notice, then commencing on the date of such notice
(but not earlier than the effective date of any such increased capital
requirement), the fees payable hereunder shall increase by an amount that will,
in such Bank's reasonable determination, provide adequate compensation. Each
Bank shall allocate such cost increases among its customers in good faith and on
an equitable basis.

        6.8. CERTIFICATE. A certificate setting forth any additional amounts
payable pursuant to Sections 6.6 or 6.7 and a brief explanation of such amounts
which are due, submitted by any Bank or the Agent to the Borrower, shall be
conclusive, absent manifest error, that such amounts are due and owing.

        6.9. INDEMNITY. The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Bank and to hold
each Bank harmless from and against any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of
anticipated profits) that such Bank may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a)
default by the Borrower in payment of the principal amount of or any interest on
any Eurodollar Rate Loans as and when due and payable, including any such loss
or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such Bank to lenders of
funds obtained by it in order to maintain its Eurodollar Rate Loans, (b) default
by the Borrower in making a borrowing or conversion after the Borrower has given
(or is deemed to have given) a Loan Request, notice (in the case of all or any
portion of the Term Loan pursuant to Section 4.5.2) or a Conversion Request
relating thereto in accordance with Section 2.6, Section 2.7 or Section 4.5 or
(c) the making of any payment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan or the making of any
conversion of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is
not the last day of the applicable Interest Period with respect thereto,
including interest or fees payable by such Bank to lenders of funds obtained by
it in order to maintain any such Eurodollar Rate Loans.

        6.10.  INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT.

               6.10.1. OVERDUE AMOUNTS. Overdue principal and (to the extent
        permitted by applicable law) interest on the Loans and all other overdue
        amounts payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall
        bear interest compounded monthly and payable on demand at a rate per
        annum equal to four percent (4%) above the Base Rate until such amount
        shall be paid in full (after as well as before judgment).

               6.10.2. AMOUNTS NOT OVERDUE. During the continuance of a Default
        or an Event of Default the principal of the Loans not overdue shall,
        until such Default or Event of Default has been cured or remedied or
        such Default or Event of Default has been waived by the Majority Banks
        pursuant to Section 27, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the
        greater of (a) two percent (2%) above the rate of interest otherwise
        applicable to such Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.5 and
        the Term Loan pursuant to Section 4.5 and (b) the rate of interest
        applicable to overdue principal pursuant to Section 6.10.1.


<PAGE>   53
                                       45


                     7. COLLATERAL SECURITY AND GUARANTIES.

        7.1. SECURITY OF BORROWER. The Obligations shall be secured by a
perfected first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens
entitled to priority under applicable law) in all of the assets (other than any
leasehold, wherever situated and the Real Estate located in Irvine, California
and Rochester, Minnesota) of the Borrower, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents to which the Borrower
is a party, including, without limitation, a pledge by the Borrower of 100% of
the capital stock of each Guarantor other than WD UK and 66% of the capital
stock of each Foreign Subsidiary.

        7.2. GUARANTIES AND SECURITY OF SUBSIDIARIES. The Obligations shall also
be guaranteed pursuant to the terms of the Guaranty. The obligations of the
Guarantors under the Guaranty shall be in turn secured by a perfected first
priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens entitled to priority
under applicable law) in all of the assets (other than Real Estate) of each such
Guarantor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, pursuant to the terms of the
Security Documents to which such Guarantor is a party. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the amounts collectible from WD UK under the Guaranty shall be
limited to the value of the businesses and assets of WD UK.

                       8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

        The Borrower represents and warrants to the Banks and the Agent as
follows:

        8.1.  CORPORATE AUTHORITY.

               8.1.1. INCORPORATION; GOOD STANDING. Each of the Borrower and its
        Subsidiaries (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and
        in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation, (b) has
        all requisite corporate power to own its property and conduct its
        business as now conducted and as presently contemplated, and (c) is in
        good standing as a foreign corporation and is duly authorized to do
        business in each jurisdiction where such qualification is necessary
        except where a failure to be so qualified would not have a materially
        adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the
        Borrower or the Borrower and such Subsidiary, taken as a whole.

               8.1.2. AUTHORIZATION. The execution, delivery and performance of
        this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower
        or any of its Subsidiaries is or is to become a party and the
        transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (a) are within the
        corporate authority of such Person, (b) have been duly authorized by all
        necessary corporate proceedings, (c) do not conflict with or result in
        any breach or contravention of any provision of law, statute, rule or
        regulation to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject
        or any judgment, order, writ, injunction, license or permit applicable
        to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (d) do not conflict with
        any provision of the corporate charter or bylaws of, or any agreement or
        other instrument binding upon, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

               8.1.3. ENFORCEABILITY. The execution and delivery of this Credit
        Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or any of
        its Subsidiaries is or is to become a party will result in valid and
        legally binding obligations of such Person enforceable against it in
        accordance with the respective terms and provisions hereof and 


<PAGE>   54
                                       46


        thereof, except as enforceability is limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
        reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting
        generally the enforcement of creditors' rights and except to the extent
        that availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive
        relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any
        proceeding therefor may be brought.

        8.2. GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS. The execution, delivery and performance by
the Borrower and any of its Domestic Subsidiaries of this Credit Agreement and
the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or any of its Domestic
Subsidiaries is or is to become a party and the transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby do not require the approval or consent of, or filing with, any
governmental agency or authority other than those already obtained.

        8.3. TITLE TO PROPERTIES; LEASES. Except as indicated on Schedule 8.3
hereto, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries own all of the assets reflected in the
consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the
Balance Sheet Date or acquired since that date (except property and assets sold
or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business since that date),
subject to no rights of others, including any mortgages, leases, conditional
sales agreements, title retention agreements, liens or other encumbrances except
Permitted Liens.

        8.4.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND PROJECTIONS.

               8.4.1. FISCAL YEAR. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has
        a fiscal year which is the twelve months ending on the last Saturday of
        every June of each calendar year.

               8.4.2. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. There has been furnished to each of
        the Banks a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
        Subsidiaries as at the Balance Sheet Date, and consolidated statements
        of income and cash flow of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the
        fiscal year then ended, certified by KPMG Peat Marwick. Such balance
        sheet and statements of income and cash flow have been prepared in
        accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and fairly
        present the financial condition of the Borrower as at the close of
        business on the date thereof and the results of operations for the
        fiscal year then ended. There are no contingent liabilities of the
        Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as of such date involving material
        amounts, known to the officers of the Borrower, which were not disclosed
        in such balance sheet and the notes related thereto.

               8.4.3. PROJECTIONS. The projections of the annual operating
        budgets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis,
        balance sheets and cash flow statements for the 1999 to 2001 fiscal
        years, copies of which have been delivered to each Bank, disclose all
        assumptions made with respect to general economic, financial and market
        conditions used in formulating such projections. To the knowledge of the
        Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, no facts exist that (individually
        or in the aggregate) would result in any material change in any of such
        projections or to the cash flow statements delivered to the Banks. The
        projections are based upon reasonable estimates and assumptions, have
        been prepared on the basis of the assumptions stated therein and reflect
        the reasonable estimates of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of the
        results of operations and other information projected therein.


<PAGE>   55
                                       47


        8.5. NO MATERIAL CHANGES, ETC. Since the Balance Sheet Date there has
occurred no materially adverse change in the financial condition or business of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as shown on or reflected in the consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the Balance Sheet Date,
or the consolidated statement of income for the fiscal year then ended, other
than changes in the ordinary course of business that have not had any materially
adverse effect either individually or in the aggregate on the business or
financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Since the
Balance Sheet Date, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has made
any Distributions which are prohibited by Section 10.4 hereof.

        8.6. FRANCHISES, PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, ETC. Each of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries possesses all franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade
names, licenses and permits, and rights in respect of the foregoing, adequate
for the conduct of its business substantially as now conducted without known
conflict with any rights of others where such conflict could reasonably be
expected to have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets or
financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

        8.7. LITIGATION. Except as set forth in Schedule 8.7 hereto, there are
no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations of any kind pending against the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries before any court, tribunal or administrative
agency or board that, if adversely determined, might, either in any case or in
the aggregate, materially adversely affect the properties, assets, financial
condition or business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or materially impair
the right of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, to carry
on business substantially as now conducted by them, or result in any substantial
liability not adequately covered by insurance, or for which adequate reserves
are not maintained on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, or which question the validity of this Credit Agreement or any of
the other Loan Documents, or any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto or
thereto.

        8.8. NO MATERIALLY ADVERSE CONTRACTS, ETC. Neither the Borrower nor any
of its Subsidiaries is subject to any charter, corporate or other legal
restriction, or any judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation that has or is
expected in the future to have a materially adverse effect on the business,
assets or financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any contract or
agreement that has or is expected, in the judgment of the Borrower's officers,
to have any materially adverse effect on the business of the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries.

        8.9. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER INSTRUMENTS, LAWS, ETC. Neither the Borrower
nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any provision of its charter
documents, bylaws, or any agreement or instrument to which it may be subject or
by which it or any of its properties may be bound or any decree, order,
judgment, statute, license, rule or regulation, in any of the foregoing cases in
a manner that could result in the imposition of substantial penalties or
materially and adversely affect the financial condition, properties or business
of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

        8.10. TAX STATUS. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries (a) have made or
filed all federal and state income and all other tax returns, reports and
declarations required by any jurisdiction to which any of them is subject, (b)
have paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges shown or
determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those


<PAGE>   56
                                       48


being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and (c) have set
aside on their books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes
for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or
declarations apply. There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to
be due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the
Borrower know of no basis for any such claim. In addition, the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries have established reserves to cover the Borrower's or such
Subsidiary's sales or use tax obligations in each jurisdiction where the
Borrower or such Subsidiary is required to pay such taxes, and such reserves are
adequate for the payment of all of such obligations.

        8.11. NO EVENT OF DEFAULT. No Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing.

        8.12. HOLDING COMPANY AND INVESTMENT COMPANY ACTS. Neither the Borrower
nor any of its Subsidiaries is a "holding company", or a "subsidiary company" of
a "holding company", or an "affiliate" of a "holding company", as such terms are
defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935; nor is it an
"investment company", or an "affiliated company" or a "principal underwriter" of
an "investment company", as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act
of 1940.

        8.13. ABSENCE OF FINANCING STATEMENTS, ETC. Except with respect to
Permitted Liens, there is no financing statement, security agreement, chattel
mortgage, real estate mortgage or other document filed or recorded with any
filing records, registry or other public office, that purports to cover, affect
or give notice of any present or possible future lien on, or security interest
in, any assets or property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any
rights relating thereto.

        8.14. PERFECTION OF SECURITY INTEREST. All filings, assignments, pledges
and deposits of documents or instruments have been made and all other actions
have been taken that are necessary or advisable, under applicable law, to
establish and perfect the Agent's security interest in the Collateral. The
Collateral and the Agent's rights with respect to the Collateral are not subject
to any setoff, claims, withholdings or other defenses which could reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial
condition of the Borrower or the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, or the Agent's rights with respect to the Collateral. The Borrower or a
Subsidiary of the Borrower which is a party to one of the Security Agreements is
the owner of the Collateral free from any lien, security interest, encumbrance
and any other claim or demand, except for Permitted Liens.

        8.15. CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.15 hereto
and except for arm's length transactions pursuant to which the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries makes payments in the ordinary course of business upon terms
no less favorable than the Borrower or such Subsidiary could obtain from third
parties or which could otherwise have a material adverse effect on the business,
assets or financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, none
of the officers, directors, or employees of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries is presently a party to any transaction with the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries (other than for services as employees, officers and directors),
including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the
furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal
property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer,
director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any corporation,
partnership, trust or other 

<PAGE>   57
                                       49


entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial
interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

        8.16.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.

               8.16.1. IN GENERAL. Each Employee Benefit Plan and each
        Guaranteed Pension Plan has been maintained and operated in compliance
        in all material respects with the provisions of ERISA and, to the extent
        applicable, the Code, including but not limited to the provisions
        thereunder respecting prohibited transactions and the bonding of
        fiduciaries and other persons handling plan funds as required by Section
        412 of ERISA. The Borrower has heretofore delivered to the Agent the
        most recently completed annual report, Form 5500, with all required
        attachments, and actuarial statement required to be submitted under
        Section 103(d) of ERISA, with respect to each Guaranteed Pension Plan.

               8.16.2. TERMINABILITY OF WELFARE PLANS. No Employee Benefit Plan,
        which is an employee welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section
        3(1) or Section 3(2)(B) of ERISA, provides benefit coverage subsequent
        to termination of employment, except as required by Title I, Part 6 of
        ERISA or the applicable state insurance laws. The Borrower may terminate
        each such Plan at any time (or at any time subsequent to the expiration
        of any applicable bargaining agreement) in the discretion of the
        Borrower without liability to any Person other than for claims arising
        prior to termination.

               8.16.3. GUARANTEED PENSION PLANS. Each contribution required to
        be made to a Guaranteed Pension Plan, whether required to be made to
        avoid the incurrence of an accumulated funding deficiency, the notice or
        lien provisions of Section 302(f) of ERISA, or otherwise, has been
        timely made. No waiver of an accumulated funding deficiency or extension
        of amortization periods has been received with respect to any Guaranteed
        Pension Plan, and neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate is
        obligated to or has posted security in connection with an amendment to a
        Guaranteed Pension Plan pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA or Section
        401(a)(29) of the Code. No liability to the PBGC (other than required
        insurance premiums, all of which have been paid) has been incurred by
        the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any Guaranteed
        Pension Plan and there has not been any ERISA Reportable Event (other
        than an ERISA Reportable Event as to which the requirement of 30 days
        notice has been waived), or any other event or condition which presents
        a material risk of termination of any Guaranteed Pension Plan by the
        PBGC. Based on the latest valuation of each Guaranteed Pension Plan
        (which in each case occurred within twelve months of the date of this
        representation), and on the actuarial methods and assumptions employed
        for that valuation, the aggregate benefit liabilities of all such
        Guaranteed Pension Plans within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA did
        not exceed the aggregate value of the assets of all such Guaranteed
        Pension Plans, disregarding for this purpose the benefit liabilities and
        assets of any Guaranteed Pension Plan with assets in excess of benefit
        liabilities.

               8.16.4. MULTIEMPLOYER PLANS. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA
        Affiliate has incurred any material liability (including secondary
        liability) to any Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or
        partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan under Section 4201 of
        ERISA or as a result of a sale of assets described in Section 4204 of
        ERISA. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has been notified
        that any Multiemployer Plan is 


<PAGE>   58
                                       50


        in reorganization or insolvent under and within the meaning of Section
        4241 or Section 4245 of ERISA or is at risk of entering reorganization
        or becoming insolvent, or that any Multiemployer Plan intends to
        terminate or has been terminated under Section 4041A of ERISA.

        8.17.  USE OF PROCEEDS.

               8.17.1. GENERAL. The proceeds of the Loans shall be used (a) to
        refinance existing Indebtedness of the Borrower and (b) for working
        capital and general corporate purposes. The Borrower will obtain Letters
        of Credit solely for working capital and general corporate purposes.

               8.17.2. REGULATIONS U AND X. No portion of any Loan is to be
        used, and no portion of any Letter of Credit is to be obtained, for the
        purpose of purchasing or carrying any "margin security" or "margin
        stock" as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board of
        Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

               8.17.3. INELIGIBLE SECURITIES. No portion of the proceeds of any
        Loans is to be used, and no portion of any Letter of Credit is to be
        obtained, for the purpose of (a) knowingly purchasing, or providing
        credit support for the purchase of, Ineligible Securities from a Section
        20 Subsidiary during any period in which such Section 20 Subsidiary
        makes a market in such Ineligible Securities, (b) knowingly purchasing,
        or providing credit support for the purchase of, during the underwriting
        or placement period, any Ineligible Securities being underwritten or
        privately placed by a Section 20 Subsidiary, or (c) making, or providing
        credit support for the making of, payments of principal or interest on
        Ineligible Securities underwritten or privately placed by a Section 20
        Subsidiary and issued by or for the benefit of the Borrower or any
        Subsidiary or other Affiliate of the Borrower.

        8.18. ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE. To the best of the Borrower's knowledge,
based upon a reasonable investigation, the Borrower has determined that:

               (a) none of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any operator of the
        Real Estate located in the United States or any operations thereon is in
        violation, or alleged violation, of any judgment, decree, order, law,
        license, rule or regulation pertaining to environmental matters,
        including without limitation, those arising under the Resource
        Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), the Comprehensive Environmental
        Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 as amended ("CERCLA"),
        the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 ("SARA"), the
        Federal Clean Water Act, the Federal Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substances
        Control Act, or any state or local statute, regulation, ordinance, order
        or decree relating to health, safety or the environment (hereinafter
        "Environmental Laws"), which violation would have a material adverse
        effect on the environment or the business, assets or financial condition
        of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

               (b) neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has received
        notice from any third party including, without limitation, any federal,
        state or local governmental 


<PAGE>   59
                                       51


        authority, (i) that any one of them has been identified by the United
        States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") as a potentially
        responsible party under CERCLA with respect to a site listed on the
        National Priorities List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300 Appendix B; (ii) that any
        hazardous waste, as defined by 42 U.S.C. Section 6903(5), any hazardous
        substances as defined by 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(14), any pollutant or
        contaminant as defined by 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(33) and any toxic
        substances, oil or hazardous materials or other chemicals or substances
        regulated by any Environmental Laws ("Hazardous Substances") which any
        one of them has generated, transported or disposed of has been found at
        any site at which a federal, state or local agency or other third party
        has conducted or has ordered that any Borrower or any of its
        Subsidiaries conduct a remedial investigation, removal or other response
        action pursuant to any Environmental Law; or (iii) except to the extent
        that the following would not have a material adverse effect on the
        business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower or any of its
        Subsidiaries, that it is or shall be a named party to any claim, action,
        cause of action, complaint, or legal or administrative proceeding (in
        each case, contingent or otherwise) arising out of any third party's
        incurrence of costs, expenses, losses or damages of any kind whatsoever
        in connection with the release of Hazardous Substances;

               (c) except as set forth on Schedule 8.18 attached hereto: (i) no
        portion of the Real Estate located in the United States has been used
        for the handling, processing, storage or disposal of Hazardous
        Substances except in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws the
        noncompliance with which would have a material adverse effect on the
        business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower and its
        Subsidiaries; and no underground tank or other underground storage
        receptacle for Hazardous Substances is located on any portion of the
        Real Estate in violation of any Environmental Laws the noncompliance
        with which would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets
        or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (ii) in the
        course of any activities conducted by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or
        operators of its properties, no Hazardous Substances have been generated
        or are being used on the Real Estate located in the United States except
        in accordance in all material respects with applicable Environmental
        Laws; (iii) there have been no releases (i.e. any past or present
        releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying,
        discharging, injecting, escaping, disposing or dumping) or threatened
        releases of Hazardous Substances on, upon, into or from the properties
        of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, which releases would have a
        material adverse effect on the value of the business, assets or
        financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (iv) to
        the best of the Borrower's knowledge, there have been no releases on,
        upon, from or into any real property in the vicinity of any of the Real
        Estate located in the United States which, through soil or groundwater
        contamination, may have come to be located on, and which would have a
        material adverse effect on the value of, the Real Estate located in the
        United States; and (v) in addition, except to the extent that the
        following would not have a materially adverse effect on the business,
        assets or financial condition of the Borrower or any of its
        Subsidiaries, any Hazardous Substances that have been generated on any
        of the Real Estate located in the United States have been transported
        offsite only by carriers having an identification number issued by the
        EPA, treated or disposed of only by treatment or disposal facilities
        maintaining valid permits as required under applicable Environmental
        Laws, which transporters and facilities have been and are, to the best
        of 


<PAGE>   60
                                       52


        the Borrower's knowledge, operating in compliance with such permits and
        applicable Environmental Laws; and

               (d) None of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any of the Real
        Estate located in the United States is subject to any applicable
        environmental law requiring the performance of Hazardous Substances site
        assessments, or the removal or remediation of Hazardous Substances, or
        the giving of notice to any governmental agency or the recording or
        delivery to other Persons of an environmental disclosure document or
        statement by virtue of the transactions set forth herein and
        contemplated hereby, or as a condition to the effectiveness of any other
        transactions contemplated hereby.

        8.19. SUBSIDIARIES, ETC. Schedule 8.19(a) sets forth the only
Subsidiaries of the Borrower. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.19(b) hereto,
neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower is engaged in any joint
venture or partnership with any other Person.

        8.20. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE. The Borrower's chief executive office is
at 8105 Irvine Center Drive, Irvine, California 92618, at which location its
books and records are kept.

        8.21. DISCLOSURE. None of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a
material fact (known to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the case of
any document or information not furnished by it or any of its Subsidiaries)
necessary in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.
There is no fact known to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which
materially adversely affects, or which is reasonably likely in the future to
materially adversely affect, the business, assets, financial condition or
prospects of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, exclusive of effects
resulting from changes in general economic conditions, legal standards or
regulatory conditions.

        8.22. INSURANCE. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries maintains
with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with respect to its
properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies as are in
accordance with sound business practice, with the details of such coverage being
more fully described on Schedule 8.22 hereto.

        8.23. STATUS OF LOAN AS SENIOR DEBT. All Indebtedness of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries to the Banks and the Agent in respect of the Loans and the
Reimbursement Obligations constitutes "Superior Indebtedness", "Senior
Indebtedness" or "Senior Debt" (or the analogous term used therein) under the
terms of the Subordinated Debt Documents or any other instrument evidencing or
pursuant to which there is issued Indebtedness which purports to be Subordinated
Debt of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

        8.24. NO OTHER DESIGNATED SENIOR DEBT. The Borrower has not designated
any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as, and has no,
"Designated Senior Debt" (or the analogous term used therein) for purposes of
(and as defined in) the Subordinated Indenture, other than the Obligations and
the obligations of the Borrower arising under the Permitted Synthetic Lease.

        8.25. MANDATORY REDEMPTIONS AND REPURCHASES. The Borrower has no
obligations pursuant to any of the Subordinated Debt Documents to make any
mandatory repurchases or redemptions of the Subordinated Notes prior to and
until February 18, 2003 other than upon the 


<PAGE>   61
                                       53


occurrence of a Fundamental Change (as such term is defined in the Subordinated
Indenture) and the exercise by the holders of the Subordinated Notes of
resulting rights after such Fundamental Change to require the Borrower to
repurchase all or any portion of the Subordinated Notes.

        8.26. YEAR 2000 PROBLEM. The Borrower has committed personnel and
resources to resolve potential "Year 2000 issues" (i.e. the risk that computer
applications used by the Borrower or any if its Subsidiaries may be unable to
recognize and perform properly date sensitive functions involving certain dates
prior to and any date after December 31, 1999), both internally and externally
(with respect to the Borrower's suppliers and customers) for both information
technology assets and non-information technology assets. The Borrower and its
Subsidiaries are identifying Year 2000 dependencies in their systems, equipment,
and processes and are implementing changes to such systems, updating or
replacing such equipment, and modifying such processes to make them Year 2000
compliant. The Borrower has completed its assessment of internal Year 2000
issues and is in the process of remediation of the critical systems. The
Borrower and its Subsidiaries have also initiated formal communications with all
of their significant suppliers and financial institutions to evaluate their Year
2000 compliance plans and state of readiness and to determine whether any Year
2000 issues will impede the ability of such suppliers to continue to provide
goods and services to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. As a general matter,
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are vulnerable to their key suppliers' failure
to remedy their own Year 2000 issues, which could delay shipments of essential
components, thereby disrupting or halting the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's
manufacturing operations. Further, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries also rely,
both domestically and internationally, upon governmental agencies, utility
companies, telecommunication service companies and other service providers
outside of the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's control. There is no assurance
that such suppliers, governmental agencies, financial institutions or other
third parties will not suffer business disruption caused by a Year 2000 issue.
Such failures could have a material adverse effect on the Borrower's and its
Subsidiaries' financial condition and results of operation. Additionally, the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in the process of communicating with their
large customers to determine the extent to which the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries are vulnerable to those third parties' failure to remedy their own
Year 2000 issues. The Borrower anticipates that its systems, equipment and
processes will be substantially Year 2000 compliant by the end of June, 1999.
Although a budget has been established, the cost to the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries of achieving Year 2000 compliance is evolving; however, it is not
expected to have a material adverse effect on the Borrower's and its
Subsidiaries' financial condition or results of operations. While the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries currently expects that the Year 2000 issue will not pose
significant operational problems, delays in the Borrower's or such Subsidiary's
remediation efforts, or a failure to fully identify all Year 2000 dependencies
in the systems, equipment or processes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or
its vendors, customers or financial institutions could have material adverse
consequences, including delays in the manufacture, delivery or sale of products.
Therefore, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in the process of developing
contingency plans along with their remediation efforts for continuing operations
in the event such problems arise.

        8.27. BANK ACCOUNTS. Schedule 8.20 sets forth the account numbers and
location of all Local Accounts, Interim Concentration Accounts and other bank
accounts of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.


<PAGE>   62
                                       54


                    9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.

        The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Loan, Unpaid
Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit or Note is outstanding or any Bank
has any obligation to make any Loans or the Agent has any obligation to issue,
extend or renew any Letters of Credit:

        9.1. PUNCTUAL PAYMENT. The Borrower will duly and punctually pay or
cause to be paid the principal and interest on the Loans, all Reimbursement
Obligations, the Letter of Credit Fees, the Commitment Fees, the administrative
fee and all other amounts provided for in this Credit Agreement and the other
Loan Documents to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, all
in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement and such other Loan
Documents.

        9.2. MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE. The Borrower will maintain its chief
executive office at 8105 Irvine Center Drive, Irvine, California 92618, or at
such other place in the United States of America as the Borrower shall designate
upon written notice to the Agent, where notices, presentations and demands to or
upon the Borrower in respect of the Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a
party may be given or made.

        9.3. RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS. The Borrower will (a) keep, and cause each of
its Subsidiaries to keep, true and accurate records and books of account in
which full, true and correct entries will be made in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; (b) maintain adequate accounts and reserves for
all taxes (including income taxes), depreciation, depletion, obsolescence and
amortization of its properties and the properties of its Subsidiaries,
contingencies, and other reserves; and (c) at all times engage KPMG Peat Marwick
or other independent certified public accountants satisfactory to the Agent as
the independent certified public accountants of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries and will not permit more than thirty (30) days to elapse between
the cessation of such firm's (or any successor firm's) engagement as the
independent certified public accountant of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and
the appointment in such capacity of a successor firm as shall be satisfactory to
the Agent.

        9.4. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, CERTIFICATES AND INFORMATION. The Borrower
will deliver to each of the Banks:

               (a) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than
        ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the
        consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its
        Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, and the related consolidated
        and consolidating statements of income and consolidated statements of
        cash flow for such year, each setting forth in comparative form the
        figures for the previous fiscal year and all such consolidated and
        consolidating statements to be in reasonable detail, prepared in
        accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and with
        respect to the consolidated statements, certified without qualification
        by KPMG Peat Marwick or by other independent certified public
        accountants satisfactory to the Agent, together with a written statement
        from such accountants to the effect that they have read a copy of this
        Credit Agreement, and that, in making the examination necessary to said
        certification, they have obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event
        of Default, or, if such accountants shall have obtained knowledge of any
        then existing Default or Event of Default they shall disclose in such
        statement any such Default or Event of Default; 


<PAGE>   63
                                       55


        provided that such accountants shall not be liable to the Banks for
        failure to obtain knowledge of any Default or Event of Default;

               (b) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than
        forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the fiscal quarters of the
        Borrower, copies of the unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance
        sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such
        quarter, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of
        income and consolidated statements of cash flow for the portion of the
        Borrower's fiscal year then elapsed, all in reasonable detail and
        prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
        together with a certification by the principal financial or accounting
        officer of the Borrower that the information contained in such financial
        statements fairly presents the financial position of the Borrower and
        its Subsidiaries on the date thereof (subject to year-end adjustments);

               (c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30)
        days after the end of each fiscal month of the Borrower which is not
        also a fiscal quarter end, unaudited monthly consolidated and
        consolidating balance sheets of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries as at
        the end of such month and the related consolidated and consolidating
        statements of income for such month and the portion of the fiscal year
        then elapsed, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
        principles, together with a certification by the principal financial or
        accounting officer of the Borrower that the information contained in
        such financial statements accurately reflects the financial condition of
        the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date thereof (subject to
        year-end adjustments);

               (d) simultaneously with the delivery of the financial statements
        referred to in subsections (a) and (b) above, a statement certified by
        the principal financial or accounting officer of the Borrower in
        substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto (the "Compliance
        Certificate") and setting forth in reasonable detail computations
        evidencing compliance with the covenants contained in Section 11 and (if
        applicable) reconciliations to reflect changes in generally accepted
        accounting principles since the Balance Sheet Date;

               (e) contemporaneously with the filing or mailing thereof, copies
        of all material of a financial nature filed with the Securities and
        Exchange Commission or sent to the stockholders of the Borrower;

               (f) within fifteen (15) days after the end of each fiscal month
        or at such earlier time as the Agent may reasonably request, a Borrowing
        Base Report setting forth the Borrowing Base as at the end of such
        calendar month or such other date so requested by the Agent, provided
        however, if Excess Availability is less than $100,000,000 at any time
        during the most recently ended four weeks, the Borrower shall within
        five (5) days after the end of each week provide the Agent with a
        Borrowing Base Report setting forth the Borrowing Base as at the end of
        such week;

               (g) within fifteen (15) days after the end of each fiscal month
        or at such earlier time as the Agent may reasonably request, an Accounts
        Receivable aging report, provided, however, if Excess Availability is
        less than $100,000,000 at any time during 


<PAGE>   64
                                       56


        the most recently ended four weeks, the Borrower shall within five (5)
        days after the end of each week provide the Agent with an Accounts
        Receivable aging report as at the end of such week;

               (h) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than
        thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, the budget of the
        Borrower for the next fiscal year, and from time to time upon the
        reasonable request of the Agent, projections of the Borrower and its
        Subsidiaries updating those projections delivered to the Banks and
        referred to in Section 8.4.3. or, if applicable, updating any later such
        projections delivered in response to this Section 9.4(h);

               (i) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 45
        days after request by the Agent made after determining in its discretion
        that an appraisal or reappraisal of the value of Eligible Domestic
        Inventory of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is necessary
        to insure the accuracy of the Borrowing Base, an appraisal or
        reappraisal, as the case may be, of the value of such Eligible Domestic
        Inventory, which appraisal or reappraisal shall be conducted at the
        expense of the Borrower or such Subsidiary by an appraiser selected by
        the Agent in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and

               (j) from time to time such other financial data and information
        (including accountants and management letters) as either of the Agent or
        any Bank may reasonably request.



        9.5.  NOTICES.

               9.5.1. DEFAULTS. The Borrower will promptly notify the Agent and
        each of the Banks in writing of the occurrence of any Default or Event
        of Default. If any Person shall give any notice or take any other action
        in respect of a claimed default (whether or not constituting an Event of
        Default) under this Credit Agreement or any other note, evidence of
        indebtedness, indenture or other obligation to which or with respect to
        which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or obligor,
        whether as principal, guarantor, surety or otherwise, the Borrower shall
        forthwith give written notice thereof to the Agent and each of the
        Banks, describing the notice or action and the nature of the claimed
        default.

               9.5.2. ENVIRONMENTAL EVENTS. The Borrower will promptly give
        notice to the Agent and each of the Banks (a) of any violation of any
        Environmental Law that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries reports
        in writing or is reportable by such Person in writing (or for which any
        written report supplemental to any oral report is made) to any federal,
        state or local environmental agency and (b) upon becoming aware thereof,
        of any inquiry, proceeding, investigation, or other action, including a
        notice from any agency of potential environmental liability, of any
        federal, state or local environmental agency or board, that has the
        potential to materially affect the assets, liabilities, financial
        conditions or operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or
        the Agent's security interests pursuant to the Security Documents.


<PAGE>   65
                                       57


               9.5.3. NOTIFICATION OF CLAIM AGAINST COLLATERAL. The Borrower
        will, immediately upon becoming aware thereof, notify the Agent and each
        of the Banks in writing of any setoff, claims (including with respect to
        the Real Estate, environmental claims), withholdings or other defenses
        to which any of the Collateral, or the Agent's rights with respect to
        the Collateral, are subject, if such setoff, claims, withholdings or
        defenses could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect
        in the assets, business or financial condition of the Borrower or the
        Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the Agent's rights
        with respect to the Collateral.

               9.5.4. NOTICE OF LITIGATION AND JUDGMENTS. The Borrower will, and
        will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, give notice to the Agent and
        each of the Banks in writing within fifteen (15) days of becoming aware
        of any litigation or proceedings threatened in writing or any pending
        litigation and proceedings affecting the Borrower or any of its
        Subsidiaries or to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or
        becomes a party involving an uninsured claim against the Borrower or any
        of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have a
        materially adverse effect on the Borrower or the Borrower and any of its
        Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and stating the nature and status of
        such litigation or proceedings. The Borrower will, and will cause each
        of its Subsidiaries to, give notice to the Agent and each of the Banks,
        in writing, in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent, within ten
        (10) days of any judgment not covered by insurance, final or otherwise,
        against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an amount in excess
        of $5,000,000.

               9.5.5. NOTICES CONCERNING INVENTORY COLLATERAL. The Borrower
        shall provide to the Agent prompt notice of (i) any physical count of
        the Borrower's or any of its Subsidiaries' inventory, together with a
        copy of the results thereof certified by the Borrower or such
        Subsidiary, and (ii) any failure of the Borrower or any of its
        Subsidiaries to pay rent at any location, which failure continues for
        more than three days following the day on which such rent is due and
        payable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

        9.6. CORPORATE EXISTENCE; MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES. The Borrower will
do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force
and effect its corporate existence, rights and franchises and those of its
Subsidiaries and will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries
to, convert to a limited liability company. It (a) will cause all of its
properties and those of its Subsidiaries used or useful in the conduct of its
business or the business of its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good
condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment,
(b) will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements,
betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Borrower may
be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be
properly and advantageously conducted at all times, and (c) will, and will cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, continue to engage primarily in the businesses now
conducted by them and in related businesses; provided that nothing in this
Section 9.6 shall prevent the Borrower from discontinuing the operation and
maintenance of any of its properties or any of those of its Subsidiaries if such
discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Borrower, desirable in the conduct of
its or their business and that do not in the aggregate materially adversely
affect the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis.


<PAGE>   66
                                       58


        9.7. INSURANCE. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers
insurance with respect to its properties and business against such casualties
and contingencies as shall be in accordance with the general practices of
businesses engaged in similar activities in similar geographic areas and in
amounts, containing such terms, in such forms and for such periods as may be
reasonable and prudent and in accordance with the terms of the Security
Agreements.

        9.8. TAXES. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries
to, duly pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and discharged, before the same
shall become overdue, all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges
imposed upon it and its real properties, sales and activities, or any part
thereof, or upon the income or profits therefrom, as well as all claims for
labor, materials, or supplies that if unpaid might by law become a lien or
charge upon any of its property; provided that any such tax, assessment, charge,
levy or claim need not be paid if the validity or amount thereof shall currently
be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and if the Borrower or
such Subsidiary shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect
thereto; and provided further that the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the
Borrower will pay all such taxes, assessments, charges, levies or claims
forthwith upon the commencement of proceedings to foreclose any lien that may
have attached as security therefor.

        9.9.  INSPECTION OF PROPERTIES AND BOOKS, ETC.

               9.9.1. GENERAL. The Borrower shall permit the Banks, through the
        Agent or any of the Banks' other designated representatives, to visit
        and inspect any of the properties of the Borrower or any of its
        Subsidiaries, to examine the books of account of the Borrower and its
        Subsidiaries (and to make copies thereof and extracts therefrom), and to
        discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower and its
        Subsidiaries with, and to be advised as to the same by, its and their
        officers, all at such reasonable times and intervals as the Agent or any
        Bank may reasonably request. The Agent may, at the Borrower's expense,
        participate in or observe any physical count of inventory included in
        the Collateral.

               9.9.2. COLLATERAL REPORTS. Upon the request of the Agent, the
        Borrower will obtain and deliver to the Agent, or, if the Agent so
        elects, will cooperate with the Agent in the Agent's obtaining (a) a
        report of an independent collateral auditor satisfactory to the Agent
        (which may be affiliated with one of the Banks) with respect to the
        Accounts Receivable and inventory components included in the Borrowing
        Base, which report shall indicate whether or not the information set
        forth in the Borrowing Base Report most recently delivered is accurate
        and complete in all material respects based upon a review by such
        auditors of the Accounts Receivable (including verification with respect
        to the amount, aging, identity and credit of the respective account
        debtors and the billing practices of the Borrower or its applicable
        Subsidiary) and inventory, and (b) appraisal reports in form and
        substance and from appraisers satisfactory to the Agent, stating (i) the
        then current fair market, orderly liquidation and/or forced liquidation
        values as may be required by the Agent of all or any portion of the
        inventory owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (which
        appraisals shall be obtained and updated no less frequently than
        semi-annually and, to the extent Excess Availability is less than
        $100,000,000, appraisals on inventory shall be required quarterly) and
        (ii) the then current business value of each of the Borrower and its
        Subsidiaries; provided, however, so long as no 

<PAGE>   67
                                       59


        Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower
        shall only be required to obtain one appraisal report stating the then
        current business value of each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
        during the term of this Credit Agreement. All such appraisals and
        collateral value reports shall be conducted and made at the expense of
        the Borrower. In addition, the Agent shall be entitled to conduct a
        commercial finance examination of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
        such commercial finance examinations to be at the Borrower's expense;
        provided, however, that so long as no Default or Event of Default shall
        have occurred and be continuing, the Agent and the Banks shall not
        require more than four (4) such commercial finance examinations in any
        fiscal year.

               9.9.3. COMMUNICATIONS WITH ACCOUNTANTS. The Borrower authorizes
        the Agent and, if accompanied by the Agent, the Banks to communicate
        directly with the Borrower's independent certified public accountants
        and authorizes such accountants to disclose to the Agent and the Banks
        any and all financial statements and other supporting financial
        documents and schedules including copies of any management letter with
        respect to the business, financial condition and other affairs of the
        Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. At the request of the Agent, the
        Borrower shall deliver a letter addressed to such accountants
        instructing them to comply with the provisions of this Section 9.9.3.

        9.10. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, CONTRACTS, LICENSES, AND PERMITS. The
Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with (a) the
applicable laws and regulations wherever its business is conducted, including
all Environmental Laws, unless the failure to so comply would not have a
material adverse effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the
Borrower or such Subsidiary, (b) the provisions of its charter documents and
by-laws, (c) all agreements and instruments by which it or any of its properties
may be bound, unless the failure to so comply would not have a material adverse
effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower or such
Subsidiary and (d) all applicable decrees, orders, and judgments, unless the
failure to so comply would not have a material adverse effect on the business,
assets or financial condition of the Borrower or such Subsidiary. If any
authorization, consent, approval, permit or license from any officer, agency or
instrumentality of any government shall become necessary or required in order
that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may fulfill any of its obligations
hereunder or any of the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower or such
Subsidiary is a party, the Borrower will, or (as the case may be) will cause
such Subsidiary to, immediately take or cause to be taken all reasonable steps
within the power of the Borrower or such Subsidiary to obtain such
authorization, consent, approval, permit or license and furnish the Agent and
the Banks with evidence thereof.

        9.11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The Borrower will (a) promptly upon filing
the same with the Department of Labor or Internal Revenue Service furnish to the
Agent a copy of the most recent actuarial statement required to be submitted
under Section 103(d) of ERISA and Annual Report, Form 5500, with all required
attachments, in respect of each Guaranteed Pension Plan and (b) promptly upon
receipt or dispatch, furnish to the Agent any notice, report or demand sent or
received in respect of a Guaranteed Pension Plan under Sections 302, 4041, 4042,
4043, 4063, 4065, 4066 and 4068 of ERISA, or in respect of a Multiemployer Plan,
under Sections 4041A, 4202, 4219, 4242, or 4245 of ERISA.

        9.12. USE OF PROCEEDS. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans
solely (a) to refinance existing Indebtedness of the Borrower and (b) for
working capital and general 


<PAGE>   68
                                       60


corporate purposes (including, without limitation, the repurchase by the
Borrower of its capital stock). The Borrower will obtain Letters of Credit
solely for working capital and general corporate purposes.

        9.13. GUARANTORS. The Borrower will cause each Domestic Subsidiary
created, acquired or existing on or after the Closing Date to become a Guarantor
immediately and shall cause such Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Agent
for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks (a) a Guaranty (or an Instrument of
Adherence to the Guaranty executed on the Closing Date), and (b) further
Security Documents or other instruments and documents as the Agent may
reasonably require in order to grant to the Agent a first priority perfected
security interest in such Subsidiary's assets, together with legal opinions in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent to be delivered to the
Agent and the Banks opining as to the authorization, validity and enforceability
of such Guaranty or Instrument of Adherence and Security Documents and (as to
the applicable Security Documents) the perfection of such security interests.

        9.14. ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARIES. If, after the Closing Date, the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries creates or acquires, either directly or indirectly,
any Subsidiary, it will immediately notify the Agent and the Banks if such
creation or acquisition, as the case may be, and provide the Agent and the Banks
with an updated Schedule 8.19(a) hereof and take all other actions required by
Section 9.13 and Section 10.5.1 hereof.

        9.15.  ACCOUNTS.

               9.15.1. GENERAL. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Borrower
        will, and will cause each of the Guarantors to, (i) establish a
        depository account (the "BKB Concentration Account") under the control
        of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks and the Agent, in the name of
        the Borrower or such Guarantor, as the case may be, (ii) instruct all
        account debtors and other obligors, pursuant to notices of assignment
        and instruction letters in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent,
        to remit all cash proceeds of Accounts Receivable to local depository
        accounts ("Local Accounts") or concentration depository accounts
        ("Interim Concentration Accounts") with financial institutions which
        have entered into agency account agreements and, if applicable, lock box
        agreements (collectively, "Agency Account Agreements") in form and
        substance satisfactory to the Agent, or the BKB Concentration Account,
        (iii) direct all depository institutions with Local Accounts to cause
        all funds held in each such Local Account to be transferred no less
        frequently than once each day to, and only to, an Interim Concentration
        Account or the BKB Concentration Account, (iv) direct all depository
        institutions with Interim Concentration Accounts to cause all funds of
        the Borrower and the Guarantors held in such Interim Concentration
        Accounts to be transferred daily to, and only to, the BKB Concentration
        Account, and (v) at all times ensure that immediately upon the
        Borrower's or any Guarantors' receipt of any funds constituting or cash
        proceeds of any Collateral, all such amounts shall have been deposited
        in a Local Account, an Interim Concentration Account or the BKB
        Concentration Account.

               9.15.2. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF APPLICATION. The Borrower hereby agrees
that all amounts received by the Agent in the BKB Concentration Account will be
the sole and exclusive property of the Agent, for the accounts of the Banks and
the Agent, to be applied in accordance with Section 2.11 or Section 2.12 as
applicable.


<PAGE>   69
                                       61


        9.16. AGENCY ACCOUNT AGREEMENTS. Within thirty (30) days of the Closing
Date the Agent shall have received an agreement, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent, from each bank at which the Borrower or any Guarantor
maintains depository accounts, Local Account or Interim Concentration Account
(including bank agency and lock box agreements) concerning the Agent's interest
for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks in such accounts.

        9.17. LANDLORD WAIVERS. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall use
their diligent and commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Agent
within thirty (30) days of the Closing Date a landlord consent in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent as to each of its leasehold interest.

        9.18. FURTHER ASSURANCES. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, cooperate with the Banks and the Agent and execute such further
instruments and documents as the Banks or the Agent shall reasonably request to
carry out to their satisfaction the transactions contemplated by this Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

                 10. CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.

        The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Loan, Unpaid
Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit or Note is outstanding or any Bank
has any obligation to make any Loans or the Agent has any obligations to issue,
extend or renew any Letters of Credit:

        10.1. RESTRICTIONS ON INDEBTEDNESS. The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or
remain liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to any Indebtedness other
than:

               (a) Indebtedness to the Banks and the Agent arising under any of
        the Loan Documents;

               (b) endorsements for collection, deposit or negotiation and
        warranties of products or services, in each case incurred in the
        ordinary course of business;

               (c) obligations of the Borrower under a Synthetic Lease
        arrangement not exceeding $80,000,000 in the aggregate pursuant to which
        the Borrower leases that certain Real Estate located at the north corner
        of Irvine Center Drive and Sand Canyon Drive in Irvine, California (the
        "Property") and the improvements to be constructed thereon from the
        lessor (the "Permitted Synthetic Lease") provided that (i) no Default or
        Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of
        incurring such Indebtedness or would exist as a result of entering into
        such Permitted Synthetic Lease; and (ii) all covenants and events of
        defaults contained in any document, instrument or agreement to be
        entered into in connection therewith shall not in any manner be more
        onerous to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries than the covenants and
        Defaults and Events of Default contained herein, and all documents,
        instruments and agreements to be entered into in connection therewith
        shall otherwise be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent
        (including, without limitation, all documents pertaining to any security
        interests granted in connection therewith);

               (d) obligations under Capitalized Leases and Synthetic Leases
        (other than the Permitted Synthetic Lease), provided that the aggregate
        principal amount of such 


<PAGE>   70
                                       62


        Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed the
        aggregate amount of $30,000,000 at any one time;

               (e) Indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition
        after the date hereof of any real or personal property by the Borrower
        or such Subsidiary, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such
        Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed the
        aggregate amount of $5,000,000 at any one time;

               (f) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and listed and
        described on Schedule 10.1 hereto;

               (g)  Indebtedness of a Guarantor to the Borrower;

               (h) Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower existing
        on the Closing Date to the Borrower, provided that (a) the aggregate
        principal amount of such Indebtedness of all the Foreign Subsidiaries to
        the Borrower does not exceed $15,000,000 at any time and (b) such
        Indebtedness is on a demand basis and is at all times evidenced by a
        proper demand promissory note pledged to the Agent for the benefit of
        the Banks, as provided in Section 10.3 hereof;

               (i) the Indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Debt
        Documents;

               (j) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
        pursuant to any "derivative contract" as such term is defined in
        paragraph (i) of the definition of Indebtedness, so long as such
        derivative contracts are entered into in the ordinary course of business
        consistent with past practices and are not for speculative purposes; and

               (k) other unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its
        Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary to the
        Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary) not otherwise permitted hereunder,
        provided, that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness does not
        exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate at any time;

        provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
        Section 10.1, all Indebtedness hereunder must qualify as "Permitted
        Debt", "Debt" or "Permitted Indebtedness" (or such analogous term used
        therein) (as such terms are defined in the Subordinated Indenture)
        permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Subordinated Indenture.

        10.2. RESTRICTIONS ON LIENS. The Borrower will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) create or incur or suffer to be created or
incurred or to exist any lien, encumbrance, mortgage, pledge, charge,
restriction or other security interest of any kind upon any of its property or
assets of any character whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon the
income or profits therefrom; (b) transfer any of such property or assets or the
income or profits therefrom for the purpose of subjecting the same to the
payment of Indebtedness or performance of any other obligation in priority to
payment of its general creditors; (c) acquire, or agree or have an option to
acquire, any property or assets upon conditional sale or other title retention
or purchase money security agreement, device or arrangement; (d) suffer to exist
for a period of more than thirty (30) days after the same shall have been
incurred any Indebtedness or 

<PAGE>   71
                                       63


claim or demand against it that if unpaid might by law or upon bankruptcy or
insolvency, or otherwise, be given any priority whatsoever over its general
creditors; or (e) sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer any accounts,
contract rights, general intangibles, chattel paper or instruments, with or
without recourse; provided that the Borrower and any Subsidiary of the Borrower
may create or incur or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist:

               (i) liens in favor of the Borrower on all or part of the assets
        of Subsidiaries of the Borrower securing Indebtedness owing by
        Subsidiaries of the Borrower to the Borrower;

               (ii) liens to secure taxes, assessments and other government
        charges in respect of obligations not overdue or liens on properties to
        secure claims for labor, material or supplies in respect of obligations
        not overdue;

               (iii) deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure
        payment of, workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance, old age
        pensions or other social security obligations;

               (iv) liens on properties in respect of judgments or awards that
        have been in force for less than the applicable period for taking an
        appeal so long as execution is not levied thereunder or in respect of
        which the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall at the time in good faith be
        prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review and in respect of which
        a stay of execution shall have been obtained pending such appeal or
        review;

               (v) liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen,
        and other like liens on properties, in existence less than 120 days from
        the date of creation thereof in respect of obligations not overdue;

               (vi) encumbrances on Real Estate consisting of easements, rights
        of way, zoning restrictions, restrictions on the use of real property
        and defects and irregularities in the title thereto, landlord's or
        lessor's liens under leases to which the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the
        Borrower is a party, and other minor liens or encumbrances none of which
        in the opinion of the Borrower interferes materially with the use of the
        property affected in the ordinary conduct of the business of the
        Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which defects do not individually or in
        the aggregate have a materially adverse effect on the business of the
        Borrower individually or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a
        consolidated basis;

               (vii) liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule
        10.2 hereto;

               (viii) purchase money security interests in or purchase money
        mortgages on real or personal property acquired after the date hereof to
        secure purchase money Indebtedness of the type and amount permitted by
        Section 10.1(e), incurred in connection with the acquisition of such
        property, which security interests or mortgages cover only the real or
        personal property so acquired;

               (ix) liens in favor of the lessor under the Permitted Synthetic
        Lease or any Capitalized Lease to secure the Indebtedness permitted by
        Section 10.1(c) and Section 10.1(d), provided, such liens cover only
        such real or personal property subject to such Synthetic 


<PAGE>   72
                                       64


        Leases and Capitalized Leases permitted by Sections 10.1(c) and (d), and
        are in such amounts as are approved in writing by the Agent and the
        Majority Banks;

               (x) liens in favor of the lessor under any permitted sale and
        leaseback transaction, provided such liens cover only such real property
        subject to such sale and leaseback transaction and are in such amounts
        as are approved in writing by the Agent and the Majority Banks;

               (xi) liens in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks and
        the Agent under the Loan Documents.

               (xii) liens in favor of the Indenture Trustee to the extent
        expressly provided in Section 7.07 of the Subordinated Indenture; and

               (xiii) the transfer of property or assets of the Borrower to the
        extent expressly provided in the Subordinated Indenture for the sole
        purpose of making any payments (including any such transfers required
        upon conversion of Subordinated Debt) permitted or required to be made
        thereunder and not otherwise prohibited by the terms of the
        subordination provisions contained in the Subordinated Indenture.

        10.3. RESTRICTIONS ON INVESTMENTS. The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or permit to exist or to remain
outstanding any Investment except Investments in:

               (a) marketable direct or guaranteed obligations of the United
        States of America or any other country which is a member of the OECD
        that mature within one (1) year from the date of purchase by the
        Borrower;

               (b) demand deposits, certificates of deposit, bankers acceptances
        and time deposits of United States banks or banks of any other country
        which is a member of the OECD having total assets in excess of
        $1,000,000,000;

               (c) securities commonly known as "commercial paper" issued by a
        corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States
        of America or any state thereof that at the time of purchase have been
        rated and the ratings for which are not less than "P 1" if rated by
        Moody's Investors Services, Inc., and not less than "A 1" if rated by
        Standard and Poor's Rating Group;

               (d) Investments existing on the date hereof and listed on
        Schedule 10.3 hereto (including those Investments in the Strategic
        Partners set forth on Schedule 10.3);

               (e) Investments consisting or required by the terms of the
        Subordinated Notes (and not otherwise prohibited by the terms of the
        subordination provisions contained in the Subordinated Indenture) and
        Investments with respect to Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.1(g) so
        long as such entities remain Guarantors, and Investments with respect to
        Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.1(h) so long as such entities
        remain Subsidiaries of the Borrower;


<PAGE>   73
                                       65


               (f) Investments consisting of the Guaranty or Investments by the
        Borrower in Guarantors so long as such entities remain Guarantors
        hereunder;

               (g) Investments of the Borrower made after the Closing Date in
        Strategic Partners, provided that no Default or Event of Default has
        occurred and is continuing on the date of such Investment or would exist
        as a result of such Investment and the aggregate amount of all such
        Investments made after the Closing Date shall not exceed $15,000,000 at
        any time; and

               (h) Investments made in the ordinary course of business
        consistent with past practices consisting (and not for speculative
        purposes) of contracts entered into for foreign exchange and interest
        rate hedging purposes;

        provided, however, that, with the exception of demand deposits referred
        to in Section 10.3(b), such Investments will be considered Investments
        permitted by this Section 10.3 only if all actions have been taken as
        required by the Security Documents and the Agent has a first priority
        perfected security interest in all of such Investments free of all
        encumbrances other than Permitted Liens.

        10.4. DISTRIBUTIONS. The Borrower will not make any Restricted Payments
other than payments in cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock (as
such term is defined in the Subordinated Indenture) in accordance with Article
11 of the Subordinated Indenture; provided, however, the Borrower shall be
permitted to make non-cash Distributions consisting of repurchases or
redemptions of its capital stock pursuant to its Stock Option Plan pursuant to
which employees of the Borrower are permitted to enter into a cashless exercise
arrangement with the Borrower or pay their tax liability in shares of the
Borrower's common stock already owned by such employee.

        10.5.  MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND DISPOSITION OF ASSETS.

               10.5.1. MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS. The Borrower will not, and will
        not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become a party to any merger or
        consolidation, or agree to or effect any asset acquisition or stock
        acquisition (other than the acquisition of assets in the ordinary course
        of business consistent with past practices) except, so long as no
        Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would
        exist after giving effect thereto, (a) the merger or consolidation of
        one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower with and into the
        Borrower so long as the Borrower is the survivor and has taken or caused
        to be taken all action necessary to grant to the Agent a first priority
        perfected security interest in all of the Borrower's assets after such
        merger or consolidation; (b) the merger or consolidation of two or more
        Subsidiaries of the Borrower so long as, in the event the parties to
        such merger or consolidation are a Guarantor and a Foreign Subsidiary,
        the Guarantor is the survivor of such merger and has taken or caused to
        be taken all action necessary to grant to the Agent a first priority
        perfected security interest in all of the Borrower's assets after such
        merger or consolidation; and (c) other asset or stock acquisitions of
        Persons in the same or a similar line of business as the Borrower (the
        "Permitted Acquisitions") where (i) the Borrower has provided the Agent
        with thirty (30) days prior written notice of such Permitted
        Acquisition, which notice shall include a reasonably detailed
        description of 


<PAGE>   74
                                       66


        such Permitted Acquisition; (ii) the business to be acquired would not
        subject the Agent or the Banks to regulatory or third party approvals in
        connection with the exercise of its rights and remedies under this
        Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (iii) the business and
        assets so acquired in such Permitted Acquisition shall be acquired by
        the Borrower free and clear of all liens (other than liens permitted by
        Section 10.2) and all Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted by
        Section 10.1); (iv) no contingent obligations or liabilities will be
        incurred or assumed in connection with such Permitted Acquisition which
        could be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business,
        assets or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (v)
        the Borrower has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Agent, based on
        a pro forma Compliance Certificate, compliance with Section 11 on a pro
        forma basis immediately prior to and after giving effect to such
        Permitted Acquisition; (vi) the aggregate purchase price for any one
        Permitted Acquisition or a series of related Permitted Acquisitions does
        not exceed $10,000,000 and the aggregate purchase price for all
        Permitted Acquisitions does not exceed $50,000,000 during the term of
        this Credit Agreement; (vii) the required majority of the Board of
        Directors of the target Person incumbent at the time such Permitted
        Acquisition is proposed has acquiesced, or the transaction is otherwise
        deemed in the reasonable judgment of the Banks to be a "friendly"
        acquisition; (viii) the Borrower has demonstrated to the satisfaction of
        the Agent that the Borrower will have Excess Availability of not less
        than $150,000,000 after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition;
        (ix) the Person to be acquired has a net income (after deduction of all
        expenses, taxes and other proper charges) for the prior twelve
        consecutive calendar months of not less than $1.00 and (x) the Borrower
        has taken, or caused to be taken, all necessary action to grant to the
        Agent a first priority perfected lien in all assets and stock acquired
        in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, provided, however, the
        Borrower or any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall only be required to
        pledge 66% of the capital stock of any Foreign Subsidiary or any other
        Person not incorporated or otherwise organized in the United States of
        America (a "Foreign Entity"), and such Foreign Entity shall not be
        required to grant a lien on its assets to secure the Obligations of the
        Borrower or any Guarantor.

               In the event any new Domestic Subsidiary is formed or acquired as
        a result of or in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, such
        Domestic Subsidiary shall, immediately upon its creation or acquisition,
        execute and deliver to the Agent for the benefit of the Agent and the
        Banks, an Instrument of Adherence in substantially the form of Exhibit F
        hereto (an "Instrument of Adherence") and the Loan Documents shall be
        amended and/or supplemented as necessary to make the terms and
        conditions of the Loan Documents applicable to such Domestic Subsidiary.
        Such Domestic Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor hereunder and shall
        become party to the Guaranty and the Security Documents and shall
        execute and deliver to the Agent any and all other agreements,
        documents, instruments and financing statements necessary to grant to
        the Agent a first priority perfected line in such Domestic Subsidiary's
        assets. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall, immediately upon the
        creation or acquisition of such Domestic Subsidiary, pledge all of such
        Domestic Subsidiary's capital stock to the Agent for the benefit of the
        Agent and the Banks. In addition, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
        shall, immediately upon the creation or acquisition of a Foreign
        Subsidiary, pledge 66% of such Foreign Subsidiary's capital stock to the
        Agent for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks.


<PAGE>   75
                                       67


               10.5.2. DISPOSITION OF ASSETS. The Borrower will not, and will
        not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become a party to or agree to or
        effect any disposition of assets, other than the disposition of assets
        in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices;
        provided, however, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have
        occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect thereto,
        the Borrower shall be permitted to enter into a sale and leaseback
        arrangement in respect of the real property located at Irvine,
        California and/or Rochester, Minnesota in an arms-length transaction for
        fair and reasonable value.

               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
        Section 10.5.2, (a) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not be
        permitted to dispose of any assets or take (or omit to take) any action
        in connection with any asset sale or other disposition or engage in any
        other transaction which action (or omission) would require any
        repayment, repurchase or redemption (or any mandatory offer to repay,
        repurchase or redeem) by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the
        Subordinated Notes or any other Subordinated Debt pursuant to the
        Subordinated Indenture or any other Subordinated Debt Document prior to
        the repayment in full in cash of all the Obligations and the termination
        in full of the Total Commitment, or would violate the provisions of the
        Subordinated Indenture or similar agreement; (b) the Borrower shall not
        directly or indirectly sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
        all of its assets; and (c) except as expressly permitted in this Section
        10.5.2, neither the Borrower nor its Subsidiaries shall sell or
        otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the capital stock of
        any Person which is a Guarantor or is an entity the capital stock of
        which is pledged under the Loan Documents by the Borrower or any
        Guarantor, except for transfers to the Borrower or another Guarantor
        (with each such transfer to the Borrower or another Guarantor to be
        subject to the Agent's security interest therein for the benefit of the
        Agent and the Banks).

        10.6. SALE AND LEASEBACK. Except as permitted by Section 10.5.2, the
Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into
any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby the Borrower or any Subsidiary
of the Borrower shall sell or transfer any property owned by it in order then or
thereafter to lease such property or lease other property that the Borrower or
any Subsidiary of the Borrower intends to use for substantially the same purpose
as the property being sold or transferred, other than the sale or transfer and
subsequent lease by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of new equipment purchased by
the Borrower or such Subsidiary within ninety (90) days of such sale or
transfer.

        10.7. COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS. The Borrower will not, and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) use any of the Real Estate or
any portion thereof for the handling, processing, storage or disposal of
Hazardous Substances in violation of any Environmental Law the noncompliance
with which would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets or
financial condition of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, (b) cause or permit to
be located on any of the Real Estate any underground tank or other underground
storage receptacle for Hazardous Substances in violation of any Environmental
Law the noncompliance with which would have a material adverse effect on the
business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, (c)
generate any Hazardous Substances on any of the Real Estate in violation of any
Environmental Law the noncompliance with which would have a material adverse
effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower or such
Subsidiary, (d) conduct any activity at any Real Estate or use any Real Estate
in any manner so 


<PAGE>   76
                                       68


as to cause a release (i.e. releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring,
emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, disposing or
dumping) or threatened release of Hazardous Substances on, upon or into the Real
Estate or (e) otherwise conduct any activity at any Real Estate or use any Real
Estate in any manner that would violate any Environmental Law or bring such Real
Estate in violation of any Environmental Law in each case if such violation
would have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets or financial
condition of the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

        10.8. SUBORDINATED DEBT. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any
of its Subsidiaries to, amend, supplement or otherwise modify the terms of any
of the Subordinated Debt or voluntarily prepay, redeem or repurchase for any
consideration other than shares of the Borrower's capital stock any of the
Subordinated Debt or send any notice of voluntary redemption, repayment or
repurchase for any consideration other than shares of the Borrower's capital
stock or defeasance with respect to any of the Subordinated Debt.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may make payments in cash in lieu of
fractional shares of Common Stock (as such term is defined in the Subordinated
Indenture) in accordance with Article 11 of the Subordinated Indenture. In
addition, the Borrower will not make any mandatory redemptions or repurchases of
all or any portion of the Subordinated Debt except in accordance with the
express terms of the Subordinated Notes as in effect on February 18, 1998.

        10.9. SENIOR DEBT. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, in any manner designate or permit to exist any other
Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as "Designated Senior
Debt" (or such analogous term used therein) for purposes of (and as defined in)
the Subordinated Indenture, other than the Indebtedness arising under this
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and Indebtedness of the Borrower
arising under the Permitted Synthetic Lease and the documents, agreements and
instruments to be executed in connection therewith.

        10.10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA
Affiliate will

               (a) engage in any "prohibited transaction" within the meaning of
        Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code which could result in a
        material liability for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or

               (b) permit any Guaranteed Pension Plan to incur an "accumulated
        funding deficiency", as such term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA,
        whether or not such deficiency is or may be waived; or

               (c) fail to contribute to any Guaranteed Pension Plan to an
        extent which, or terminate any Guaranteed Pension Plan in a manner
        which, could result in the imposition of a lien or encumbrance on the
        assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to Section
        302(f) or Section 4068 of ERISA; or

               (d) amend any Guaranteed Pension Plan in circumstances requiring
        the posting of security pursuant to Section 307 of ERISA or Section
        401(a)(29) of the Code; or

               (d) permit or take any action which would result in the aggregate
        benefit liabilities (with the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA) of all
        Guaranteed Pension Plans 


<PAGE>   77
                                       69


        exceeding the value of the aggregate assets of such Plans, disregarding
        for this purpose the benefit liabilities and assets of any such Plan
        with assets in excess of benefit liabilities.

        10.11. CHANGES IN TERMS OF CAPITAL STOCK. The Borrower will not, nor
will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, effect or permit any change in or
amendment to any document or instrument pertaining to the terms of such Person's
capital stock unless such a change or amendment is of an immaterial or
ministerial nature that would not have any adverse effect on any of the Agent'
or the Banks' rights or interests under the Loan Documents or the Borrower's or
any of its Subsidiaries' obligations under the Loan Documents to which such
Person is a party.

        10.12. FISCAL YEAR. The Borrower will not change the date of the end of
its fiscal year from that set forth in Section 8.4.1 hereof.

        10.13. NEGATIVE PLEDGES. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any
Subsidiary to, enter into any agreement (excluding this Credit Agreement, the
Subordinated Debt Documents and documents executed in connection with the
Permitted Synthetic Lease) prohibiting the creation or assumption of any lien
upon its properties, revenues or assets or those of any of its Subsidiaries,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than those agreements with
Persons prohibiting any such lien on assets in which such Person has a prior
security interest which is permitted by Section 10.2.

        10.14. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. The Borrower will not, nor will it
permit any Subsidiary to, enter into or cause, suffer or permit to exist (a) any
arrangement or contract with any of its other Affiliates of a nature customarily
entered into by Persons which are Affiliates of each other (including management
or similar contracts or arrangements relating to the allocation of revenues,
taxes and expenses or otherwise) requiring any payment to be made by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any Affiliate unless such arrangement is
fair and equitable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary; or (b) any other
transaction, arrangement, contract with any of its other Affiliates which would
not be entered into by a prudent Person in the position of the Borrower or such
Subsidiary with, or which is on terms which are less favorable than are
obtainable from, any Person which is not one of its Affiliates.

        10.15. UPSTREAM LIMITATIONS. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit
any Subsidiary to, enter into any agreement, contract, or arrangement (other
than the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents) restricting the ability
of any Subsidiary to pay or make dividends or distributions in cash or kind, to
make loans, advances or other payments of whatsoever nature or to make transfers
or distributions of all or any part of its assets to the Borrower.

        10.16. INCONSISTENT AGREEMENTS. The Borrower will not, nor will it
permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any agreement containing any provision
which would be violated or breached by the performance by the Borrower or such
Subsidiary of its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan
Documents.

        10.17. BANK ACCOUNTS. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, (i) establish any bank accounts other than those Local
Accounts, Interim Concentration Accounts and other accounts, all listed on
Schedule 8.20, without the Agent's prior written consent, (ii) violate directly
or indirectly any Agency Account Agreement or other bank 


<PAGE>   78
                                       70


agency or lock box agreement in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks
and the Agent with respect to such account, or (iii) deposit into any of the
payroll accounts listed on Schedule 8.20 any amounts in excess of amounts
necessary to pay current payroll obligations from such accounts.

                    11. FINANCIAL COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER.

        The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Loan, Unpaid
Reimbursement Obligation, Letter of Credit or Note is outstanding or any Bank
has any obligation to make any Loans or the Agent has any obligation to issue,
extend or renew any Letters of Credit:

        11.1. CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE CAPITAL FUNDS. The Borrower will not permit
Consolidated Tangible Capital Funds at any time during any of the periods set
forth below to be less than the amount set forth opposite such period in the
table below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          PERIOD                        AMOUNT
        -------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                  <C>         
        Closing  Date - last day of  Second  Fiscal  $416,000,000
        Quarter, 1999

        First Day of Third Fiscal  Quarter,  1999 -  $423,000,000
        last day of Third Fiscal Quarter, 1999

        First Day of Fourth Fiscal Quarter,  1999 -  $429,000,000
        last day of Fourth Fiscal Quarter, 1999

        First Day of First Fiscal  Quarter,  2000 -  $435,000,000
        last day of First Fiscal Quarter, 2000

        First Day of Second Fiscal Quarter,  2000 -  $442,000,000
        last day of Second Fiscal Quarter, 2000

        First Day of Third Fiscal  Quarter,  2000 -  $449,000,000
        last day of Third Fiscal Quarter, 2000

        First Day of Fourth Fiscal Quarter,  2000 -  $455,000,000
        last day of Fourth Fiscal Quarter, 2000

        First Day of First Fiscal  Quarter,  2001 -  $462,000,000
        last day of First Fiscal Quarter, 2001

        First Day of Second Fiscal Quarter,  2001 -  $469,000,000
        last day of Second Fiscal Quarter, 2001

        First Day of Third Fiscal  Quarter,  2001 -  $476,000,000
        last day of Third Fiscal Quarter, 2001

        Any time thereafter                          $483,000,000
</TABLE>


        11.2. CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. The Borrower will not make, or permit any
Subsidiary of the Borrower to make, Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year that
exceed, in the aggregate, $175,000,000 for the Borrower's 1999 fiscal year,
$210,000,000 for the Borrower's 2000 fiscal year and $225,000,000 in each fiscal
year of the Borrower thereafter.

                             12. CLOSING CONDITIONS.

        The obligations of the Banks to make the initial Revolving Credit Loans
and the Term Loan and of the Agent to issue any initial Letters of Credit shall
be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent.

        12.1. LOAN DOCUMENTS. Each of the Loan Documents shall have been duly
executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto, shall be in full force
and effect and shall be in 


<PAGE>   79
                                       71


form and substance satisfactory to each of the Banks. Each Bank shall have
received a fully executed copy of each such document.

        12.2. CERTIFIED COPIES OF CHARTER DOCUMENTS. Each of the Banks shall
have received from the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries a copy, certified
by a duly authorized officer of such Person to be true and complete on the
Closing Date, of each of (a) its charter or other incorporation documents as in
effect on such date of certification, and (b) its by-laws as in effect on such
date.

        12.3. CORPORATE ACTION. All corporate action necessary for the valid
execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries
of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is or is to
become a party shall have been duly and effectively taken, and evidence thereof
satisfactory to the Banks shall have been provided to each of the Banks.

        12.4. INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE. Each of the Banks shall have received from
the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries an incumbency certificate, dated as of
the Closing Date, signed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower or such
Subsidiary, and giving the name and bearing a specimen signature of each
individual who shall be authorized: (a) to sign, in the name and on behalf of
each of the Borrower of such Subsidiary, each of the Loan Documents to which the
Borrower or such Subsidiary is or is to become a party; (b) in the case of the
Borrower, to make Loan Requests and Conversion Requests and to apply for Letters
of Credit; and (c) to give notices and to take other action on its behalf under
the Loan Documents.

        12.5. VALIDITY OF LIENS. The Security Documents shall be effective to
create in favor of the Agent a legal, valid and enforceable first (except for
Permitted Liens entitled to priority under applicable law) security interest in
and lien upon the Collateral. All filings, recordings, deliveries of instruments
and other actions necessary or desirable in the opinion of the Agent to protect
and preserve such security interests shall have been duly effected. The Agent
shall have received evidence thereof in form and substance satisfactory to the
Agent.

        12.6. PERFECTION CERTIFICATES AND UCC SEARCH RESULTS. The Agent shall
have received from each of the Borrower and the Guarantors a completed and fully
executed Perfection Certificate and the results of UCC searches with respect to
the Collateral, indicating no liens other than Permitted Liens and otherwise in
form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

        12.7. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE. The Agent shall have received (a) a
certificate of insurance from an independent insurance broker dated as of the
Closing Date, identifying insurers, types of insurance, insurance limits, and
policy terms, and otherwise describing the insurance obtained in accordance with
the provisions of the Security Agreements and (b) certified copies of all
policies evidencing such insurance (or certificates therefore signed by the
insurer or an agent authorized to bind the insurer).

        12.8. BORROWING BASE REPORT. The Agent shall have received from the
Borrower the initial Borrowing Base Report dated as of September 26, 1998.

        12.9. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AGING REPORT. The Agent shall have received
from the Borrower the most recent Accounts Receivable aging report of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries 


<PAGE>   80
                                       72


dated as of September 26, 1998, and the Borrower shall have notified the Agent
in writing on the Closing Date of any material deviation from the Accounts
Receivable values reflected in such Accounts Receivable aging report and shall
have provided the Agent with such supplementary documentation as the Agent may
reasonably request.

        12.10. SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE. Each of the Banks shall have received an
officer's certificate of the Borrower dated as of the Closing Date as to the
solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries following the consummation of the
transactions contemplated herein and in form and substance satisfactory to the
Banks.

        12.11. OPINION OF COUNSEL. Each of the Banks and the Agent shall have
received a favorable legal opinion addressed to the Banks and the Agent, dated
as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks and the
Agent, from:

        (a) Michael Cornelius, Esq., inside counsel to the Borrower and the
Guarantors; and

        (b) local counsel to the Borrower in the United Kingdom, Germany,
Malaysia, The Netherlands and Cayman Islands.

        12.12. PAYMENT OF FEES. The Borrower shall have paid to the Banks or the
Agent, as appropriate, the closing fee and the administrative fee as set forth
in the Fee Letter.

        12.13. DISBURSEMENT INSTRUCTIONS. The Agent shall have received
disbursement instructions from the Borrower, indicating that a portion of the
proceeds of the Term Loan and the initial Revolving Credit Loan, in an aggregate
amount equal to the aggregate loan obligations of the Borrower to the lenders
under the Prior Agreement are paid to such lenders.

        12.14. CONSENTS. The Agent shall have received evidence that all
consents and approvals necessary to complete the transactions contemplated
hereby have been obtained.

        12.15. CONCENTRATION ACCOUNT. Pursuant to Section 9.18, the Borrower
shall have established the BKB Concentration Account.

        12.16. APPRAISALS. The Agent shall have received all required appraisals
and shall be satisfied with the form and substance of each such appraisal.

                        13. CONDITIONS TO ALL BORROWINGS.

        The obligations of the Banks to make any Loan, including making the
initial Revolving Credit Loan and the Term Loan, and of the Agent to issue,
extend or renew any Letter of Credit, in each case whether on or after the
Closing Date, shall also be subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent:

        13.1. REPRESENTATIONS TRUE; NO EVENT OF DEFAULT. Each of the
representations and warranties of any of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
contained in this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or in any document
or instrument delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Credit Agreement
shall be true as of the date as of which they were made and shall also be true
at and as of the time of the making of such Loan or the issuance, extension or
renewal of such Letter of Credit, with the same effect as if made at and as of
that time (except to the extent 


<PAGE>   81
                                       73


of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or permitted by this Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents and changes occurring in the ordinary
course of business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially adverse,
and to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to
an earlier date) and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing.

        13.2. NO LEGAL IMPEDIMENT. No change shall have occurred in any law or
regulations thereunder or interpretations thereof that in the reasonable opinion
of any Bank would make it illegal for such Bank to make such Loan or to
participate in the issuance, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit or in
the reasonable opinion of the Agent would make it illegal for the Agent to
issue, extend or renew such Letter of Credit.

        13.3. GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION. Each Bank shall have received such
statements in substance and form reasonably satisfactory to such Bank as such
Bank shall require for the purpose of compliance with any applicable regulations
of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System.

        13.4. BORROWING BASE REPORT. The Agent shall have received the most
recent Borrowing Base Report required to be delivered to the Agent in accordance
with Section 9.4(f) and, if requested by the Agent, a Borrowing Base Report
dated within five (5) days of the Drawdown Date of such Loan or of the date of
issuance, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit.

        13.5. PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS. All proceedings in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and
all other documents incident thereto shall be satisfactory in substance and in
form to the Banks and the Agent and the Agent's Special Counsel, and the Banks,
the Agent and such counsel shall have received all information and such
counterpart originals or certified or others copies of such documents as the
Agent may reasonably request.

                    14. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; ETC.

        14.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND ACCELERATION. If any of the following events
("Events of Default" or, if the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both is
required, then, prior to such notice or lapse of time, "Defaults") shall occur:

               (a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of the Loans or
        any Reimbursement Obligation when the same shall become due and payable,
        whether at the stated date of maturity or any accelerated date of
        maturity or at any other date fixed for payment;

               (b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on the Loans, the
        Commitment Fee, any Letter of Credit Fee, the Agent's fee, or other sums
        due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents when the same
        shall become due and payable, whether at the stated date of maturity or
        any accelerated date of maturity or at any other date fixed for payment;

               (c) the Borrower shall fail to comply with any of its covenants
        contained in Section 9, 10 or 11;


<PAGE>   82
                                       74


               (d) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to perform
        any term, covenant or agreement contained herein or in any of the other
        Loan Documents (other than those specified elsewhere in this Section
        14.1) for thirty (30) days after written notice of such failure has been
        given to the Borrower by the Agent;

               (e) any representation or warranty of the Borrower or any of its
        Subsidiaries in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents
        or in any other document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in
        connection with this Credit Agreement shall prove to have been false in
        any material respect upon the date when made or deemed to have been made
        or repeated;

               (f) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to pay at
        maturity, or within any applicable period of grace, any obligation for
        borrowed money or credit received or in respect of any Capitalized
        Leases, or fail to observe or perform any material term, covenant or
        agreement contained in any agreement by which it is bound, evidencing or
        securing borrowed money or credit received or in respect of any
        Capitalized Leases for such period of time as would permit (assuming the
        giving of appropriate notice if required) the holder or holders thereof
        or of any obligations issued thereunder to accelerate the maturity
        thereof or any such holder or holders shall rescind or shall have a
        right to rescind the purchase of any such obligations;

               (g) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall make an
        assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admit in writing its
        inability to pay or generally fail to pay its debts as they mature or
        become due, or shall petition or apply for the appointment of a trustee
        or other custodian, liquidator or receiver of the Borrower or any of its
        Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of the assets of the Borrower or
        any of its Subsidiaries or shall commence any case or other proceeding
        relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under any
        bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of
        debt, dissolution or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction, now
        or hereafter in effect, or shall take any action to authorize or in
        furtherance of any of the foregoing, or if any such petition or
        application shall be filed or any such case or other proceeding shall be
        commenced against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and the
        Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall indicate its approval thereof,
        consent thereto or acquiescence therein or such petition or application
        shall not have been dismissed within forty-five (45) days following the
        filing thereof;

               (h) a decree or order is entered appointing any such trustee,
        custodian, liquidator or receiver or adjudicating the Borrower or any of
        its Subsidiaries bankrupt or insolvent, or approving a petition in any
        such case or other proceeding, or a decree or order for relief is
        entered in respect of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in
        an involuntary case under federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter
        constituted;

               (i) there shall remain in force, undischarged, unsatisfied and
        unstayed, for more than thirty days, whether or not consecutive, any
        final judgment against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that,
        with other outstanding final judgments, undischarged, against the
        Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries exceeds in the aggregate
        $10,000,000;


<PAGE>   83
                                       75


               (j) if any of the Loan Documents shall be cancelled, terminated,
        revoked or rescinded or the Agent's security interests, mortgages or
        liens in a substantial portion of the Collateral shall cease to be
        perfected, or shall cease to have the priority contemplated by the
        Security Documents, in each case otherwise than in accordance with the
        terms thereof or with the express prior written agreement, consent or
        approval of the Banks, or any action at law, suit or in equity or other
        legal proceeding to cancel, revoke or rescind any of the Loan Documents
        shall be commenced by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its
        Subsidiaries party thereto or any of their respective stockholders, or
        any court or any other governmental or regulatory authority or agency of
        competent jurisdiction shall make a determination that, or issue a
        judgment, order, decree or ruling to the effect that, any one or more of
        the Loan Documents is illegal, invalid or unenforceable in accordance
        with the terms thereof;

               (k) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate incurs any liability to
        the PBGC or a Guaranteed Pension Plan pursuant to Title IV of ERISA in
        an aggregate amount exceeding $2,000,000 or the Borrower or any ERISA
        Affiliate is assessed withdrawal liability pursuant to Title IV of ERISA
        by a Multiemployer Plan requiring aggregate annual payments exceeding
        $2,000,000, or any of the following occurs with respect to a Guaranteed
        Pension Plan: (i) an ERISA Reportable Event, or a failure to make a
        required installment or other payment (within the meaning of Section
        302(f)(1) of ERISA), provided that the Agent determines in its
        reasonable discretion that such event (A) could be expected to result in
        liability of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the PBGC or such
        Guaranteed Pension Plan in an aggregate amount exceeding $2,000,000 and
        (B) could constitute grounds for the termination of such Guaranteed
        Pension Plan by the PBGC, for the appointment by the appropriate United
        States District Court of a trustee to administer such Guaranteed Pension
        Plan or for the imposition of a lien in favor of such Guaranteed Pension
        Plan; or (ii) the appointment by a United States District Court of a
        trustee to administer such Guaranteed Pension Plan; or (iii) the
        institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate such Guaranteed
        Pension Plan;

               (l) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be enjoined,
        restrained or in any way prevented by the order of any court or any
        administrative or regulatory agency from conducting any material part of
        its business and such order shall continue in effect for more than
        thirty (30) days;

               (m) there shall occur any material damage to, or loss, theft or
        destruction of, any assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
        whether or not insured, or any strike, lockout, labor dispute, embargo,
        condemnation, act of God or public enemy, or other casualty, which in
        any such case causes, for more than fifteen (15) consecutive days, the
        cessation or substantial curtailment of revenue producing activities of
        the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries if such event or circumstance is
        not covered by business interruption insurance and would have a material
        adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Borrower or
        such Subsidiary;

               (n) there shall occur the loss, suspension or revocation of, or
        failure to renew, any license or permit now held or hereafter acquired
        by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries if such loss, suspension,
        revocation or failure to renew would have a 


<PAGE>   84
                                       76


        material adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the
        Borrower or such Subsidiary;

               (o) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be indicted for
        a state or federal crime, or any civil or criminal action shall
        otherwise have been brought or threatened against the Borrower or any of
        its Subsidiaries, a punishment for which in any such case could include
        the forfeiture of any assets of the Borrower or such Subsidiary included
        in the Borrowing Base or any assets of the Borrower or such Subsidiary
        not included in the Borrowing Base but having a fair market value in
        excess of $5,000,000;

               (p) the holders of all or any part of the Subordinated Debt shall
        accelerate the maturity of all or any part of the Subordinated Debt;

               (q) a "Fundamental Change" (or any analogous term used therein)
        as such term is defined in the Subordinated Indenture or any similar
        agreement governing any other Subordinated Debt occurs unless the
        Borrower shall have satisfied its obligation to repurchase or redeem all
        Subordinated Notes required by the holder or holders thereof to be so
        redeemed or repurchased solely by issuance of shares of the Borrower's
        capital stock;

               (r) the Borrower shall at any time fail legally or beneficially
        own less than 100% of the capital stock of any of the Guarantors; or

               (s) any Person shall at any time be the legal or beneficial owner
        (within the meaning used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange
        Commission promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
        amended) of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of
        the common stock of the Borrower;

then, and in any such event, so long as the same may be continuing, the Agent
may, and upon the request of the Majority Banks shall, by notice in writing to
the Borrower declare all amounts owing with respect to this Credit Agreement,
the Notes and the other Loan Documents and all Reimbursement Obligations to be,
and they shall thereupon forthwith become, immediately due and payable without
presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; provided that in the event of any Event
of Default specified in Sections 14.1(g) or 14.1(h), all such amounts shall
become immediately due and payable automatically and without any requirement of
notice from the Agent or any Bank.

        14.2. TERMINATION OF COMMITMENTS. If any one or more of the Events of
Default specified in Section 14.1(g) or Section 14.1(h) shall occur, any unused
portion of the credit hereunder shall forthwith terminate and each of the Banks
shall be relieved of all further obligations to make Loans to the Borrower and
the Agent shall be relieved of all further obligations to issue, extend or renew
Letters of Credit. If any other Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, or if on any Drawdown Date or other date for issuing, extending or
renewing any Letter of Credit the conditions precedent to the making of the
Loans to be made on such Drawdown Date or (as the case may be) to issuing,
extending or renewing such Letter of Credit on such other date are not
satisfied, the Agent may and, upon the request of the Majority Banks, shall, by
notice to the Borrower, terminate the unused portion of the credit hereunder,
and upon such notice being given such unused portion of the credit hereunder
shall terminate immediately and each of the 


<PAGE>   85
                                       77


Banks shall be relieved of all further obligations to make Loans and the Agent
shall be relieved of all further obligations to issue, extend or renew Letters
of Credit. No termination of the credit hereunder shall relieve the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries of any of the Obligations.

        14.3. REMEDIES. In case any one or more of the Events of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, and whether or not the Banks shall have
accelerated the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 14.1, each Bank, if
owed any amount with respect to the Loans or the Reimbursement Obligations, may,
with the consent of the Majority Banks but not otherwise, proceed to protect and
enforce its rights by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate
proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement
contained in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any
instrument pursuant to which the Obligations to such Bank are evidenced,
including as permitted by applicable law the obtaining of the ex parte
appointment of a receiver, and, if such amount shall have become due, by
declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other
legal or equitable right of such Bank. No remedy herein conferred upon any Bank
or the Agent or the holder of any Note or purchaser of any Letter of Credit
Participation is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every
remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given
hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or any
other provision of law.

        14.4. DISTRIBUTION OF COLLATERAL PROCEEDS. In the event that, following
the occurrence or during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default, the
Agent or any Bank, as the case may be, receives any monies in connection with
the enforcement of any of the Security Documents, or otherwise with respect to
the realization upon any of the Collateral, such monies shall be distributed for
application as follows:

               (a) First, to the payment of, or (as the case may be) the
        reimbursement of the Agent for or in respect of all reasonable costs,
        expenses, disbursements and losses which shall have been incurred or
        sustained by the Agent in connection with the collection of such monies
        by the Agent, for the exercise, protection or enforcement by the Agent
        of all or any of the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the
        Agent under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or
        in respect of the Collateral or in support of any provision of adequate
        indemnity to the Agent against any taxes or liens which by law shall
        have, or may have, priority over the rights of the Agent to such monies;

               (b) Second, to all other Obligations in such order or preference
        as the Majority Banks may determine; provided, however, that (i)
        distributions shall be made (A) pari passu among Obligations with
        respect to the Agent's fee payable pursuant to Section 6.2; and (B) with
        respect to each type of Obligation owing to the Banks, such as interest,
        principal, fees and expenses, among the Banks pro rata, and (ii) the
        Agent may in its discretion make proper allowance to take into account
        any Obligations not then due and payable;

               (c) Third, upon payment and satisfaction in full or other
        provisions for payment in full satisfactory to the Banks, and the Agent
        of all of the Obligations, to the payment of any obligations required to
        be paid pursuant to Section 9-504(1)(c) of the Uniform Commercial Code
        of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; and


<PAGE>   86
                                       78


               (d) Fourth, the excess, if any, shall be returned to the Borrower
        or to such other Persons as are entitled thereto.

                                   15. SETOFF.

        Regardless of the adequacy of any collateral, during the continuance of
any Event of Default, any deposits or other sums credited by or due from any of
the Banks to the Borrower and any securities or other property of the Borrower
in the possession of such Bank may be applied to or set off by such Bank against
the payment of Obligations and any and all other liabilities, direct, or
indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or
hereafter arising, of the Borrower to such Bank. Each of the Banks agrees with
each other Bank that (a) if an amount to be set off is to be applied to
Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Bank, other than Indebtedness evidenced by
the Notes held by such Bank or constituting Reimbursement Obligations owed to
such Bank, such amount shall be applied ratably to such other Indebtedness and
to the Indebtedness evidenced by all such Notes held by such Bank or
constituting Reimbursement Obligations owed to such Bank, and (b) if such Bank
shall receive from the Borrower, whether by voluntary payment, exercise of the
right of setoff, counterclaim, cross action, enforcement of the claim evidenced
by the Notes held by, or constituting Reimbursement Obligations owed to, such
Bank by proceedings against the Borrower at law or in equity or by proof thereof
in bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, receivership or similar proceedings,
or otherwise, and shall retain and apply to the payment of the Note or Notes
held by, or Reimbursement Obligations owed to, such Bank any amount in excess of
its ratable portion of the payments received by all of the Banks with respect to
the Notes held by, and Reimbursement Obligations owed to, all of the Banks, such
Bank will make such disposition and arrangements with the other Banks with
respect to such excess, either by way of distribution, pro tanto assignment of
claims, subrogation or otherwise as shall result in each Bank receiving in
respect of the Notes held by it or Reimbursement obligations owed it, its
proportionate payment as contemplated by this Credit Agreement; provided that if
all or any part of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such Bank,
such disposition and arrangements shall be rescinded and the amount restored to
the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

                                 16. THE AGENT.

        16.1.  AUTHORIZATION.

               (a) The Agent is authorized to take such action on behalf of each
        of the Banks and to exercise all such powers as are hereunder and under
        any of the other Loan Documents and any related documents delegated to
        the Agent, together with such powers as are reasonably incident thereto,
        provided that no duties or responsibilities not expressly assumed herein
        or therein shall be implied to have been assumed by the Agent.

               (b) The relationship between the Agent and each of the Banks is
        that of an independent contractor. The use of the term "Agent" is for
        convenience only and is used to describe, as a form of convention, the
        independent contractual relationship between the Agent and each of the
        Banks. Nothing contained in this Credit Agreement nor the other Loan
        Documents shall be construed to create an agency, trust or other
        fiduciary relationship between any of the Agent and any of the Banks.


<PAGE>   87
                                       79


               (c) As an independent contractor empowered by the Banks to
        exercise certain rights and perform certain duties and responsibilities
        hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Agent is nevertheless
        a "representative" of the Banks, as that term is defined in Article 1 of
        the Uniform Commercial Code, for purposes of actions for the benefit of
        the Banks and the Agent with respect to all collateral security and
        guaranties contemplated by the Loan Documents. Such actions include the
        designation of the Agent as "secured party", "mortgagee" or the like on
        all financing statements and other documents and instruments, whether
        recorded or otherwise, relating to the attachment, perfection, priority
        or enforcement of any security interests, mortgages or deeds of trust in
        collateral security intended to secure the payment or performance of any
        of the Obligations, all for the benefit of the Banks and the Agent.

        16.2. EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS. The Agent may exercise its powers and
execute its duties by or through employees or agents and shall be entitled to
take, and to rely on, advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to its
rights and duties under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The
Agent may utilize the services of such Persons as the Agent in its sole
discretion may reasonably determine, and all reasonable fees and expenses of any
such Persons shall be paid by the Borrower.

        16.3. NO LIABILITY. Neither the Agent nor any of its shareholders,
directors, officers or employees nor any other Person assisting them in their
duties nor any agent or employee thereof, shall be liable for any waiver,
consent or approval given or any action taken, or omitted to be taken, in good
faith by it or them hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, or in
connection herewith or therewith, or be responsible for the consequences of any
oversight or error of judgment whatsoever, except that the Agent or such other
Person, as the case may be, may be liable for losses due to its willful
misconduct or gross negligence.

        16.4.  NO REPRESENTATIONS.

               16.4.1. GENERAL. The Agent shall not be responsible for the
        execution or validity or enforceability of this Credit Agreement, the
        Notes, the Letters of Credit, any of the other Loan Documents or any
        instrument at any time constituting, or intended to constitute,
        collateral security for the Notes, or for the value of any such
        collateral security or for the validity, enforceability or
        collectability of any such amounts owing with respect to the Notes, or
        for any recitals or statements, warranties or representations made
        herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or in any certificate or
        instrument hereafter furnished to it by or on behalf of the Borrower or
        any of its Subsidiaries, or be bound to ascertain or inquire as to the
        performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or
        agreements herein or in any instrument at any time constituting, or
        intended to constitute, collateral security for the Notes or to inspect
        any of the properties, books or records of the Borrower or any of its
        Subsidiaries. The Agent shall not be bound to ascertain whether any
        notice, consent, waiver or request delivered to it by the Borrower or
        any holder of any of the Notes shall have been duly authorized or is
        true, accurate and complete. The Agent has not made nor does it now make
        any representations or warranties, express or implied, nor does it
        assume any liability to the Banks, with respect to the credit worthiness
        or financial conditions of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Each
        Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon
        the Agent or any other Bank, and based upon such information and


<PAGE>   88
                                       80


        documents as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and
        decision to enter into this Credit Agreement.

               16.4.2. CLOSING DOCUMENTATION, ETC. For purposes of determining
        compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 12, each Bank that
        has executed this Credit Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to,
        approved or accepted, or to be satisfied with, each document and matter
        either sent, or made available, by the Agent or BancBoston Robertson
        Stephens Inc., as arranger to such Bank for consent, approval,
        acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be to be consent
        to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Bank, unless an
        officer of the Agent or BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. active upon
        the Borrower's account shall have received notice from such Bank not
        less than two (2) days prior to the Closing Date specifying such Bank's
        objection thereto and such objection shall not have been withdrawn by
        notice to the Agent or BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. to such effect
        on or prior to the Closing Date.

        16.5.  PAYMENTS.

               16.5.1. PAYMENTS TO AGENT. A payment by the Borrower to the Agent
        hereunder or any of the other Loan Documents for the account of any Bank
        shall constitute a payment to such Bank. The Agent agrees promptly to
        distribute to each Bank such Bank's pro rata share of payments received
        by the Agent for the account of the Banks except as otherwise expressly
        provided herein or in any of the other Loan Documents.

               16.5.2. DISTRIBUTION BY AGENT. If in the opinion of the Agent the
        distribution of any amount received by it in such capacity hereunder,
        under the Notes or under any of the other Loan Documents might involve
        it in liability, it may refrain from making distribution until its right
        to make distribution shall have been adjudicated by a court of competent
        jurisdiction. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall adjudge that
        any amount received and distributed by the Agent is to be repaid, each
        Person to whom any such distribution shall have been made shall either
        repay to the Agent its proportionate share of the amount so adjudged to
        be repaid or shall pay over the same in such manner and to such Persons
        as shall be determined by such court.

               16.5.3. DELINQUENT BANKS. Notwithstanding anything to the
        contrary contained in this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan
        Documents, any Bank that fails (a) to make available to the Agent its
        pro rata share of any Loan or to purchase any Letter of Credit
        Participation or (b) to comply with the provisions of Section 15 with
        respect to making dispositions and arrangements with the other Banks,
        where such Bank's share of any payment received, whether by setoff or
        otherwise, is in excess of its pro rata share of such payments due and
        payable to all of the Banks, in each case as, when and to the full
        extent required by the provisions of this Credit Agreement, shall be
        deemed delinquent (a "Delinquent Bank") and shall be deemed a Delinquent
        Bank until such time as such delinquency is satisfied. A Delinquent Bank
        shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments due to it from the
        Borrower, whether on account of outstanding Loans, Unpaid Reimbursement
        Obligations, interest, fees or otherwise, to the remaining nondelinquent
        Banks for application to, and reduction of, their respective pro rata
        shares of all outstanding Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations.
        The Delinquent Bank hereby authorizes the Agent to distribute such
        payments to the nondelinquent Banks in proportion to their respective
        pro rata shares 


<PAGE>   89
                                       81


        of all outstanding Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations. A
        Delinquent Bank shall be deemed to have satisfied in full a delinquency
        when and if, as a result of application of the assigned payments to all
        outstanding Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations of the
        nondelinquent Banks, the Banks' respective pro rata shares of all
        outstanding Loans and Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations have returned to
        those in effect immediately prior to such delinquency and without giving
        effect to the nonpayment causing such delinquency.

        16.6. HOLDERS OF NOTES. The Agent may deem and treat the payee of any
Note or the purchaser of any Letter of Credit Participation as the absolute
owner or purchaser thereof for all purposes hereof until it shall have been
furnished in writing with a different name by such payee or by a subsequent
holder, assignee or transferee.

        16.7. INDEMNITY. The Banks ratably agree hereby to indemnify and hold
harmless the Agent and its affiliates from and against any and all claims,
actions and suits (whether groundless or otherwise), losses, damages, costs,
expenses (including any expenses for which the Agent or such affiliate has not
been reimbursed by the Borrower as required by Section 17), and liabilities of
every nature and character arising out of or related to this Credit Agreement,
the Notes, or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated
or evidenced hereby or thereby, or the Agent's actions taken hereunder or
thereunder, except to the extent that any of the same shall be directly caused
by the Agent's willful misconduct or gross negligence.

        16.8. AGENT AS BANK. In its individual capacity, BKB shall have the same
obligations and the same rights, powers and privileges in respect to its
Commitment and the Loans made by it, and as the holder of any of the Notes and
as the purchaser of any Letter of Credit Participations, as it would have were
it not also the Agent.

        16.9. RESIGNATION. The Agent may resign at any time by giving sixty (60)
days prior written notice thereof to the Banks and the Borrower. Upon any such
resignation, the Majority Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor
Agent. Unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, such successor Agent shall be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower.
If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Banks and
shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring
Agent's giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf
of the Banks, appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a financial institution
having a rating of not less than A or its equivalent by Standard & Poor's
Corporation. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a
successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become
vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent,
and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations
hereunder. After any retiring Agent's resignation, the provisions of this Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall continue in effect for its benefit
in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting
as Agent.

        16.10. NOTIFICATION OF DEFAULTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each Bank hereby
agrees that, upon learning of the existence of a Default or an Event of Default,
it shall promptly notify the Agent thereof. The Agent hereby agrees that upon
receipt of any notice under this Section 16.10 it shall promptly notify the
other Banks of the existence of such Default or Event of Default.


<PAGE>   90
                                       82


        16.11. DUTIES IN THE CASE OF ENFORCEMENT. In case one of more Events of
Default have occurred and shall be continuing, and whether or not acceleration
of the Obligations shall have occurred, the Agent shall, if (a) so requested by
the Majority Banks and (b) the Banks have provided to the Agent such additional
indemnities and assurances against expenses and liabilities as the Agent may
reasonably request, proceed to enforce the provisions of the Security Documents
authorizing the sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Collateral
and exercise all or any such other legal and equitable and other rights or
remedies as it may have in respect of such Collateral. The Majority Banks may
direct the Agent in writing as to the method and the extent of any such sale or
other disposition, the Banks hereby agreeing to indemnify and hold the Agent,
harmless from all liabilities incurred in respect of all actions taken or
omitted in accordance with such directions, provided that the Agent need not
comply with any such direction to the extent that the Agent reasonably believes
the Agent's compliance with such direction to be unlawful or commercially
unreasonable in any applicable jurisdiction.

                        17. EXPENSES AND INDEMNIFICATION.

        17.1. EXPENSES. The Borrower agrees to pay (a) the reasonable costs of
producing and reproducing this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and
the other agreements and instruments mentioned herein, (b) any taxes (including
any interest and penalties in respect thereto) payable by the Agent or any of
the Banks (other than taxes based upon the Agent's or any Bank's net income or
any United States withholding tax to any non-U.S. Bank arising solely out of
such Bank's failure to deliver to the Borrower a duly completed and executed IRS
form 1001 or 4224 that shows complete exemption of such Bank for such
withholding tax) on or with respect to the transactions contemplated by this
Credit Agreement (the Borrower hereby agreeing to indemnify the Agent and each
Bank with respect thereto), (c) the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements
of the Agent's Special Counsel or any local counsel to the Agent incurred in
connection with the preparation, syndication, administration or interpretation
of the Loan Documents and other instruments mentioned herein, each closing
hereunder, any amendments, modifications, approvals, consents or waivers hereto
or hereunder, or the cancellation of any Loan Document upon payment in full in
cash of all of the Obligations or pursuant to any terms of such Loan Document
for providing for such cancellation, (d) the fees, expenses and disbursements of
the Agent or any of its affiliates incurred by the Agent or such affiliate in
connection with the preparation, syndication, administration or interpretation
of the Loan Documents and other instruments mentioned herein, including (but not
limited to) commercial finance exams, Collateral appraisals and technology
reviews (e) any fees, costs, expenses and bank charges, including bank charges
for handling agency accounts, lock box accounts and other accounts for the
collection of any of the Collateral; (f) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
(including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, which
attorneys may be employees of any Bank or the Agent, and reasonable consulting,
accounting, appraisal, investment banking and similar professional fees and
charges) incurred by any Bank or the Agent in connection with (i) the
enforcement of or preservation of rights under any of the Loan Documents against
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the administration thereof after the
occurrence of a Default or Event of Default and (ii) any litigation, proceeding
or dispute whether arising hereunder or otherwise, in any way related to any
Bank's or the Agent's relationship with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
and (g) all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any Bank or the Agent
incurred in connection with UCC searches, UCC filings or mortgage recordings.


<PAGE>   91
                                       83


        17.2. INDEMNIFICATION. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Agent, its affiliates and the Banks from and against any and all
claims, actions and suits whether groundless or otherwise, and from and against
any and all liabilities, losses, damages and expenses of every nature and
character arising out of this Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby including, without limitation,
(a) any actual or proposed use by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the
proceeds of any of the Loans or Letters of Credit, (b) the reversal or
withdrawal of any provisional credits granted by the Agent upon the transfer of
funds from lock box, bank agency or concentration accounts or in connection with
the provisional honoring of checks or other items; (c) any actual or alleged
infringement of any patent, copyright, trademark, service mark or similar right
of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors comprised in the Collateral, (d) the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entering into or performing this Credit
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or (e) with respect to the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries and their respective properties and assets, the violation
of any Environmental Law, the presence, disposal, escape, seepage, leakage,
spillage, discharge, emission, release or threatened release of any Hazardous
Substances or any action, suit, proceeding or investigation brought or
threatened with respect to any Hazardous Substances (including, but not limited
to, claims with respect to wrongful death, personal injury or damage to
property), in each case including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel and allocated costs of internal counsel incurred in
connection with any such investigation, litigation or other proceeding, except
to the extent that any of the foregoing are directly caused by the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the otherwise indemnified party. In
litigation, or the preparation therefor, the Banks and the Agent and its
affiliates shall be entitled to select their own counsel and, in addition to the
foregoing indemnity, the Borrower agrees to pay promptly the reasonable fees and
expenses of such counsel. If, and to the extent that the obligations of the
Borrower under this Section 17.2 are unenforceable for any reason, the Borrower
hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment in satisfaction of
such obligations which is permissible under applicable law.

        17.3. SURVIVAL. The covenants contained in this Section 17 shall survive
payment or satisfaction in full of all other Obligations.

                         18. SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS, ETC.

        All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein,
in the Notes, in any of the other Loan Documents or in any documents or other
papers delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Banks and the
Agent, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by any of
them, and shall survive the making by the Banks of any of the Loans and the
issuance, extension or renewal of any Letters of Credit, as herein contemplated,
and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Letter of Credit or
any amount due under this Credit Agreement or the Notes or any of the other Loan
Documents remains outstanding or any Bank has any obligation to make any Loans
or the Agent has any obligation to issue, extend or renew any Letter of Credit,
and for such further time as may be otherwise expressly specified in this Credit
Agreement. All statements contained in any certificate or other paper delivered
to any Bank or the Agent at any time by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries pursuant hereto or in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby shall constitute representations and warranties by the
Borrower or such Subsidiary hereunder.


<PAGE>   92
                                       84


                        19. ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION.

        19.1. CONDITIONS TO ASSIGNMENT BY BANKS. Except as provided herein, each
Bank may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its
interests, rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or
a portion of its Commitment Percentage and Commitment and the same portion of
the Loans at the time owing to it, the Notes held by it and its participating
interest in the risk relating to any Letters of Credit); provided that (a) each
of the Agent and, unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, the Borrower shall have given its prior written consent to such
assignment, which consent, in the case of the Agent and the Borrower, will not
be unreasonably withheld, (b) each such assignment shall be of a constant, and
not a varying, percentage of all the assigning Bank's rights and obligations
under this Credit Agreement and shall be made pro rata between the Revolving
Credit Loan and Term Loan, (c) each assignment shall be in an amount that is a
whole multiple of $5,000,000 (or, if less, such Bank's entire Commitment), and
(d) the parties to such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for
recording in the Register (as hereinafter defined), an Assignment and
Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto (an "Assignment and
Acceptance"), together with any Notes subject to such assignment. Upon such
execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date
specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, which effective date shall be at
least five (5) Business Days after the execution thereof, (i) the assignee
thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such
Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Bank hereunder,
and (ii) the assigning Bank shall, to the extent provided in such assignment and
upon payment to the Agent of the registration fee referred to in Section 19.3,
be released from its obligations under this Credit Agreement.

        19.2. CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; LIMITATIONS; COVENANTS. By
executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the parties to the
assignment thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties
hereto as follows:

               (a) other than the representation and warranty that it is the
        legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free
        and clear of any adverse claim, the assigning Bank makes no
        representation or warranty, express or implied, and assumes no
        responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or
        representations made in or in connection with this Credit Agreement or
        the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
        sufficiency or value of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents
        or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or the
        attachment, perfection or priority of any security interest or mortgage,

               (b) the assigning Bank makes no representation or warranty and
        assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the
        Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any other Person primarily or
        secondarily liable in respect of any of the Obligations, or the
        performance or observance by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any
        other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the
        Obligations of any of their obligations under this Credit Agreement or
        any of the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document
        furnished pursuant hereto or thereto;

               (c) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this
        Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial
        statements referred to in Section 8.4 and Section 9.4 

<PAGE>   93
                                       85


        and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to
        make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment
        and Acceptance;

               (d) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon
        the assigning Bank, the Agent or any other Bank and based on such
        documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
        continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action
        under this Credit Agreement;

               (e) such assignee represents and warrants that it is an Eligible
        Assignee;

               (f) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such
        action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this
        Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the
        Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such powers as are
        reasonably incidental thereto;

               (g) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with
        their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Credit
        Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Bank;

               (h) such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally
        authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; and

               (i) such assignee acknowledges that it has made arrangements with
        the assigning Bank satisfactory to such assignee with respect to its pro
        rata share of Letter of Credit Fees in respect of outstanding Letters of
        Credit.

        19.3. REGISTER. The Agent shall maintain a copy of each Assignment and
Acceptance delivered to it and a register or similar list (the "Register") for
the recordation of the names and addresses of the Banks and the Commitment
Percentage of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to and Letter of Credit
Participations purchased by, the Banks from time to time. The entries in the
Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of manifest error, and the
Borrower, the Agent and the Banks may treat each Person whose name is recorded
in the Register as a Bank hereunder for all purposes of this Credit Agreement.
The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and the Banks at
any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Upon
each such recordation, the assigning Bank agrees to pay to the Agent a
registration fee in the sum of $3,500.

        19.4. NEW NOTES. Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance
executed by the parties to such assignment, together with each Note subject to
such assignment, the Agent shall (a) record the information contained therein in
the Register, and (b) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower and the Banks
(other than the assigning Bank). Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of
such notice, the Borrower, at its own expense, shall execute and deliver to the
Agent, in exchange for each surrendered Note, a new Note to the order of such
Eligible Assignee in an amount equal to the amount assumed by such Eligible
Assignee pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and, if the assigning Bank
has retained some portion of its obligations hereunder, a new Note to the order
of the assigning Bank in an amount equal to the amount retained by it hereunder.
Such new Notes shall provide that they are replacements for the surrendered
Notes, shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate
principal amount of the surrendered Notes, shall be dated the effective date of
such in Assignment and 


<PAGE>   94
                                       86


Acceptance and shall otherwise be substantially the form of the assigned Notes.
Within five (5) days of issuance of any new Notes pursuant to this Section 19.4,
the Borrower shall deliver an opinion of counsel, addressed to the Banks and the
Agent, relating to the due authorization, execution and delivery of such new
Notes and the legality, validity and binding effect thereof, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Banks. The surrendered Notes shall be cancelled
and returned to the Borrower.

        19.5. PARTICIPATIONS. Each Bank may sell participations to one or more
banks or other entities in all or a portion of such Bank's rights and
obligations under this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided
that (a) each such participation shall be in an amount of not less than
$2,500,000, (b) any such sale or participation shall not affect the rights and
duties of the selling Bank hereunder to the Borrower and (c) the only rights
granted to the participant pursuant to such participation arrangements with
respect to waivers, amendments or modifications of the Loan Documents shall be
the rights to approve waivers, amendments or modifications that would reduce the
principal of or the interest rate on any Loans, extend the term or increase the
amount of the Commitment of such Bank as it relates to such participant, reduce
the amount of any commitment fees or Letter of Credit Fees to which such
participant is entitled or extend any regularly scheduled payment date for
principal or interest.

        19.6. DISCLOSURE. The Borrower agrees that in addition to disclosures
made in accordance with standard and customary banking practices any Bank may
disclose information obtained by such Bank pursuant to this Credit Agreement to
assignees or participants and potential assignees or participants hereunder;
provided that such assignees or participants or potential assignees or
participants shall agree (a) to treat in confidence such information unless such
information otherwise becomes public knowledge, (b) not to disclose such
information to a third party, except as required by law or legal process and (c)
not to make use of such information for purposes of transactions unrelated to
such contemplated assignment or participation. For purposes of this Section 19.6
an assignee or participant or potential assignee or participant may include a
counterparty with whom such Bank has entered into or potentially might enter
into a derivative contract referenced to credit or other risks or events arising
under this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

        19.7. ASSIGNEE OR PARTICIPANT AFFILIATED WITH THE BORROWER. If any
assignee Bank is an Affiliate of the Borrower, then any such assignee Bank shall
have no right to vote as a Bank hereunder or under any of the other Loan
Documents for purposes of granting consents or waivers or for purposes of
agreeing to amendments or other modifications to any of the Loan Documents or
for purposes of making requests to the Agent pursuant to Section 14.1 or Section
14.2, and the determination of the Majority Banks shall for all purposes of this
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents be made without regard to such
assignee Bank's interest in any of the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations. If
any Bank sells a participating interest in any of the Loans or Reimbursement
Obligations to a participant, and such participant is the Borrower or an
Affiliate of the Borrower, then such transferor Bank shall promptly notify the
Agent of the sale of such participation. A transferor Bank shall have no right
to vote as a Bank hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents for
purposes of granting consents or waivers or for purposes of agreeing to
amendments or modifications to any of the Loan Documents or for purposes of
making requests to the Agent pursuant to Section 14.1 or Section 14.2 to the
extent that such participation is beneficially owned by the Borrower or any
Affiliate of the Borrower, and the determination of the Majority Banks shall for
all purposes of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan 


<PAGE>   95
                                       87


Documents be made without regard to the interest of such transferor Bank in the
Loans or Reimbursement Obligations to the extent of such participation.

        19.8. MISCELLANEOUS ASSIGNMENT PROVISIONS. Any assigning Bank shall
retain its rights to be indemnified pursuant to Section 17 with respect to any
claims or actions arising prior to the date of such assignment. If any assignee
Bank is not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any
state thereof, it shall, prior to the date on which any interest or fees are
payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents for its account,
deliver to the Borrower and the Agent certification as to its exemption from
deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes. If any
Reference Bank transfers all of its interest, rights and obligations under this
Credit Agreement, the Agent shall, in consultation with the Borrower and with
the consent of the Borrower and the Majority Banks, appoint another Bank to act
as a Reference Bank hereunder. Anything contained in this Section 20 to the
contrary notwithstanding, any Bank may at any time pledge all or any portion of
its interest and rights under this Credit Agreement (including all or any
portion of its Notes) to any of the twelve Federal Reserve Banks organized under
Section 4 of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 341. No such pledge or
the enforcement thereof shall release the pledgor Bank from its obligations
hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.

        19.9. ASSIGNMENT BY BORROWER. The Borrower shall not assign or transfer
any of its rights or obligations under any of the Loan Documents without the
prior written consent of each of the Banks.

                                20. NOTICES, ETC.

        Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Credit Agreement, all
notices and other communications made or required to be given pursuant to this
Credit Agreement or the Notes or any Letter of Credit Applications shall be in
writing and shall be delivered in hand, mailed by United States registered or
certified first class mail, postage prepaid, sent by overnight courier, or sent
by telegraph, telecopy, facsimile or telex and confirmed by delivery via courier
or postal service, addressed as follows:

               (a) if to the Borrower, at 8105 Irvine Center Drive, Irvine,
        California 92618, Attention: Mr. Duston Williams, or at such other
        address for notice as the Borrower shall last have furnished in writing
        to the Person giving the notice;

               (b) if to the Agent, at 100 Federal Street, Asset Based Finance,
        Boston, Massachusetts 02110, USA, Attention: Paul G. Feloney, Director,
        or such other address for notice as the Agent shall last have furnished
        in writing to the Person giving the notice; and

               (c) if to any Bank, at such Bank's address set forth on Schedule
        1 hereto, or such other address for notice as such Bank shall have last
        furnished in writing to the person giving the notice.

        Any such notice or demand shall be deemed to have been duly given or
made and to have become effective (i) if delivered by hand, overnight courier or
facsimile to a responsible officer of the party to which it is directed, at the
time of the receipt thereof by such officer or the 


<PAGE>   96
                                       88


sending of such facsimile and (ii) if sent by registered or certified
first-class mail, postage prepaid, on the third Business Day following the
mailing thereof.

                               21. GOVERNING LAW.

        THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED
THEREIN, EACH OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRACTS UNDER THE LAWS OF THE
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS AND SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SAID COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
(EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). THE BORROWER
AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF
MASSACHUSETTS OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND CONSENTS TO THE
NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURT AND SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT
BEING MADE UPON THE BORROWER BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 20. THE
BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE
VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN
INCONVENIENT COURT.

                                  22. HEADINGS.

        The captions in this Credit Agreement are for convenience of reference
only and shall not define or limit the provisions hereof.

                                23. COUNTERPARTS.

        This Credit Agreement and any amendment hereof may be executed in
several counterparts and by each party on a separate counterpart, each of which
when executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together
shall constitute one instrument. In proving this Credit Agreement it shall not
be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by
the party against whom enforcement is sought.

                           24. ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC.

        The Loan Documents and any other documents executed in connection
herewith or therewith express the entire understanding of the parties with
respect to the transactions contemplated hereby. Neither this Credit Agreement
nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except as
provided in Section 26.

                            25. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

        The Borrower hereby waives its right to a jury trial with respect to any
action or claim arising out of any dispute in connection with this Credit
Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents, any rights or
obligations hereunder or thereunder or the performance of which rights and
obligations. Except as prohibited by law, the Borrower hereby waives any right
it may have to claim or recover in any litigation referred to in the preceding
sentence any special, 


<PAGE>   97
                                       89


exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in
addition to, actual damages. The Borrower (a) certifies that no representative,
agent or attorney of any Bank or the Agent has represented, expressly or
otherwise, that such Bank or the Agent would not, in the event of litigation,
seek to enforce the foregoing waivers and (b) acknowledges that the Agent and
the Banks have been induced to enter into this Credit Agreement, the other Loan
Documents to which it is a party by, among other things, the waivers and
certifications contained herein.

                     26. CONSENTS, AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS, ETC.

        Any consent or approval required or permitted by this Credit Agreement
to be given by the Banks may be given, and any term of this Credit Agreement,
the other Loan Documents or any other instrument related hereto or mentioned
herein may be amended, and the performance or observance by the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries of any terms of this Credit Agreement, the other Loan
Documents or such other instrument or the continuance of any Default or Event of
Default may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either
retroactively or prospectively) with, but only with, the written consent of the
Borrower and the written consent of the Majority Banks. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a decrease in the rate of interest on the Notes (other than interest
accruing pursuant to Section 6.10.2 following the effective date of any waiver
by the Majority Banks of the Default or Event of Default relating thereto), a
reduction or waiver of payment of any of the obligations due to the Agent or any
Bank pursuant to the Loan Documents (other than interest accruing pursuant to
Section 6.10.2 following the effective date of any waiver by the Majority Banks
of the Default or Event of Default relating thereto), the term of the Notes, the
date fixed for payment of any amounts owing pursuant to this Credit Agreement or
the other Loan Documents, the amount of the Commitments of the Banks, this
Section 26, the amount of Commitment Fee or Letter of Credit fees hereunder may
not be changed without the written consent of the Borrower and the written
consent of each Bank; the release of any of the Guarantors or all or
substantially all of any Collateral held by the Agent for the benefit of the
Banks may not be amended without the written consent of all of the Banks; any
increase in any Borrowing Base advance rates and the definitions of Borrowing
Base and Majority Banks may not be amended without the written consent of all of
the Banks; the Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date and the Term Loan Maturity
Date may not be postponed without the written consent of each of the Banks, the
amount of the Agent's fee or any Letter of Credit fees payable for the Agent's
account may not be amended without the consent of the Agent and Section 16 may
not be amended without the written consent of the Agent. No waiver shall extend
to or affect any obligation not expressly waived or impair any right consequent
thereon. No course of dealing or delay or omission on the part of the Agent or
any Bank in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise
be prejudicial thereto. No notice to or demand upon the Borrower shall entitle
the Borrower to other or further notice or demand in similar or other
circumstances.

                                27. SEVERABILITY.

        The provisions of this Credit Agreement are severable and if any one
clause or provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in
part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect
only such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction, and shall
not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or
any other clause or provision of this Credit Agreement in any jurisdiction.


<PAGE>   98
                                       90


                              28. CONFIDENTIALITY.

        28.1. CONFIDENTIALITY. Each of the Banks and the Agent agrees, on behalf
of itself and each of its affiliates, directors, officers, employees and
representatives, to use reasonable precautions to keep confidential, in
accordance with their customary procedures for handling confidential information
of the same nature and in accordance with safe and sound banking practices, any
non-public information supplied to it by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
pursuant to this Credit Agreement that is identified by such Person as being
confidential at the time the same is delivered to the Banks or the Agent,
provided that nothing herein shall limit the disclosure of any such information
(a) after such information shall have become public other than through a
violation of this Section 28, (b) to the extent required by statute, rule,
regulation or judicial process, (c) to counsel for any of the Banks or the
Agent, (d) to bank examiners or any other regulatory authority having
jurisdiction over any Bank or the Agent, or to auditors or accountants, (e) to
the Agent or any Bank, (f) in connection with any litigation to which any one or
more of the Banks or the Agent is a party, or in connection with the enforcement
of rights or remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (g) to a
Subsidiary or affiliate of such Bank as provided in Section 28.1 or (h) to any
assignee or participant (or prospective assignee or participant) so long as such
assignee or participant agrees to be bound by the provisions of Section 19.6.

        28.2. PRIOR NOTIFICATION. Unless specifically prohibited by applicable
law or court order, each of the Banks and the Agent shall, prior to disclosure
thereof, notify the Borrower of any request for disclosure of any such
non-public information by any governmental agency or representative thereof
(other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial
condition of such Bank by such governmental agency) or pursuant to legal
process.

<PAGE>   99
                                       91



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Credit
Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date first set forth above.

                                 WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION



                                 By: _____________________________________
                                     Steven M. Slavin, Vice President, Treasurer
                                     and Taxes

                                 BANKBOSTON, N.A.,
                                 individually and as Agent



                                 By: _____________________________________
                                     Paul G. Feloney, Director


                                 THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.,
                                 individually and as Co-Agent



                                 By: _____________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

                                 HELLER FINANCIAL, INC.



                                 By: _____________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

                                 FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION



                                 By: _____________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


<PAGE>   100
                                       92


                                 FINOVA CAPITAL CORPORATION



                                 By: _____________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

                                 LASALLE BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.



                                 By: _____________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

                                 FREMONT FINANCIAL CORPORATION



                                 By: _____________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


<PAGE>   101

                                       93

                                                                       EXHIBIT A


                         FORM OF BORROWING BASE REPORT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                 DOMESTIC TOTAL
                                                                                                 --------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                      <C>
 1. Accounts Receivable Balance as of

   a. Receivable Balance from previous certificate                                               $
                                                                                                  -------------
   b. Plus: Gross Sales                                             $
                                                                     -------------
            Net Intercompany                                        $
                                                                     -------------
            Other Debits*                                           $
                                                                     -------------
   c. Total Additions                                                                            $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
   d. Less: Cash Collections                                        $
                                                                     -------------
            Credit Memos                                            $
                                                                     -------------
            Other Credits*                                          $
                                                                     -------------
   e. Total Reductions                                                                           $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
 2. New domestic A/R as of this certificate                                                      $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
 3. Less: Ineligible Domestic A/R (per attached exclusion form)                                  $
                                                                                                  -------------
 4. Eligible Domestic Accounts Receivable                                                        $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
 5. Advance Rate                                                                                             80%

6A. Domestic Account Receivable Availability (line 4 x line 5)                                   $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
6B. Total U.K. Accounts Receivable Availability Less Preferential
    Indebtedness (Line 8 from attached U.K. Borrowing Base
    Certificate)                                                                                 $
                                                                                                  -------------
 7. Total Accounts Receivable Availability                                                       $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
 8. Inventory Availability From Attached Inventory Designation
    (Not to Exceed the lesser of $50,000,000 or Line 7 x 30%)                                    $
                                                                                                  -------------
 9. Total Availability (Line 7 + Line 8)                                                         $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
10. Less:  General Reserves                                                                      $
                                                                                                  -------------
11. Less:  Term Loan Balance Outstanding                                                         $
                                                                                                  -------------
12. Plus:  Discretionary Amount Per Agent (Not to exceed $5 Million)                             $
                                                                                                  -------------
13. Total Availability (Line 9 - Line 10 - Line 11 + Line 12)                                    $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
    Less:
14. A. Outstanding Revolver balance                                                              $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
    B. Outstanding Letters of Credit Issued in U.S.                                              $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
    C. Outstanding Bank Guarantee Issued in U.K.                                                 $
                                                                                                  -------------
    D. Total Loans Outstanding (Not to Exceed $150 Million)                                      $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   102

                                       94

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>                      <C>
15. Net Availability (Line 13 - Line 14D)                                                        $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
16. If Line 15 less than $100 Million, adjust availability to reflect the following:

 A. Inventory per Orderly Liquidation Value appraisal dated:                                     $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
 B. Advance Rate                                                                                             70%

 C. Inventory Orderly Liquidation Value Availability                                             $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
 D. Less:  Inventory Availability from Line 8 Above                                              $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
 E. Total                                                                                        $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
 F. Adjusted Net Availability (Line 15 + Line 16E)                                               $            0
                                                                                                  -------------

LOAN RECONCILIATION
- -------------------

17. Current Balance Forward                                                                      $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
    Increases to Loan:

18. Loan Advances Requested                                                                      $
                                                                                                  -------------
19. Other: explain                                                                               $
                   ------------------------------------------------------------                   -------------
20. Total Loan Increases (Line 18 + Line 19)                                                     $
                                                                                                  -------------
    Decreases to Loan:

21. Payments Initiated via Lockbox                                                               $
                                                                                                  -------------
22. Other Payments Reducing Accounts Receivable                                                  $
                                                                                                  -------------
23. Total A/R Effecting Payments (Line 21+22)                                                    $
                                                                                                  -------------
    (Must Agree With Line 1D [Cash Collections] from both domestic and U.K.
    Borrowing Base Report-If Not, Please Provide Detailed Explanation)

24. Other: explain                                                                               $
                  -------------------------------------------------------------                   -------------
25. Total Loan Outstanding                                                                       $            0
                                                                                                  -------------
</TABLE>



For value received the undersigned hereby pledges, sells, assigns and transfers
to BankBost N.A. (herein called Lenders') the claims or accounts receivable
described and set forth on this statement or in the statements attached hereto,
together with all moneys now due or to become due thereon, all guaranties and
security therefor, and all right, title and interest of the undersigned in the
merchandise giving rise thereto, including the right of stoppage in transit,
with full power to collect and/or compromise the same or otherwise deal with the
same in its own name or otherwise as though it were absolute owner thereof for
all purposes. Said claims, accounts, money, merchandise and security are
assigned as collateral security for INDEBTEDNESS and liabilities of the
undersigned to its Lender as more fully provided and pursuant to a plan set
forth in a loan agreement dated____________ between the undersigned and its
lender and with and subject to all the covenants, terms and provisions thereof.


<PAGE>   103

                                       95



Client #_________                            By:
                                                --------------------------------

<PAGE>   104
                                       96


                                                                       EXHIBIT B


                          FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

$___________________                                     as of November __, 1998


        FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION, a
Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), hereby promises to pay to the order of
[INSERT NAME OF LENDER] (the "Bank") at the Agent's Head Office (as such term is
defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below):

               (a) prior to or on Revolving Credit Loan Maturity Date the
        principal amount of ______________ DOLLARS ($______________) or, if
        less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans
        advanced by the Bank to the Borrower pursuant to the Revolving Credit
        and Term Loan Agreement dated as of November __, 1998 (as amended and in
        effect from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among the Borrower,
        the Bank and other parties thereto;

               (b) the principal outstanding hereunder from time to time at the
        times provided in the Credit Agreement; and

               (c) interest on the principal balance hereof from time to time
        outstanding from the Closing Date under the Credit Agreement through and
        including the maturity date hereof at the times and at the rate provided
        in the Credit Agreement.

        This Note evidences borrowings under and has been issued by the Borrower
in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. The Bank and any holder
hereof is entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement, the Security
Documents and the other Loan Documents, and may enforce the agreements of the
Borrower contained therein, and any holder hereof may exercise the respective
remedies provided for thereby or otherwise available in respect thereof, all in
accordance with the respective terms thereof. All capitalized terms used in this
Note and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings herein as in
the Credit Agreement.

        The Borrower irrevocably authorizes the Bank to make or cause to be
made, at or about the time of the Drawdown Date of any Revolving Credit Loan or
at the time of receipt of any payment of principal of this Note, an appropriate
notation on the grid attached to this Note, or the continuation of such grid, or
any other similar record, including computer records, reflecting the making of
such Revolving Credit Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment.
The outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans set forth on the grid
attached to this Note, or the continuation of such grid, or any other similar
record, including computer records, maintained by the Bank with respect to any
Revolving Credit Loans shall be prima facie evidence of the principal amount
thereof owing and unpaid to the Bank, but the failure to record, or any error in
so recording, any such amount on any such grid, continuation or other record
shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder or
under the Credit Agreement to make payments of principal of and interest on this
Note when due.


<PAGE>   105
                                       97


        The Borrower has the right in certain circumstances and the obligation
under certain other circumstances to prepay the whole or part of the principal
of this Note on the terms and conditions specified in the Credit Agreement.

        If any one or more of the Events of Default shall occur, the entire
unpaid principal amount of this Note and all of the unpaid interest accrued
thereon may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the
effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

        No delay or omission on the part of the Bank or any holder hereof in
exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any
other rights of the Bank or such holder, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver
on any one occasion be deemed a bar or waiver of the same or any other right on
any further occasion.

        The Borrower and every endorser and guarantor of this Note or the
obligation represented hereby waives presentment, demand, notice, protest and
all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance,
performance, default or enforcement of this Note, and assents to any extension
or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence, to any
substitution, exchange or release of collateral and to the addition or release
of any other party or person primarily or secondarily liable.

        THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE BORROWER HEREUNDER SHALL FOR ALL
PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR
CHOICE OF LAW). THE BORROWER AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS
NOTE MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS OR ANY
FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND THE CONSENT TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION
OF SUCH COURT AND THE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE
BORROWER BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 20 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO
THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN
INCONVENIENT COURT.

        This Note shall be deemed to take effect as a sealed instrument under
the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.


<PAGE>   106
                                       98



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Revolving Credit
Note to be signed in its corporate name and its corporate seal to be impressed
thereon by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above
written.

[Corporate Seal]

                                        WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION



                                        By: ____________________________________
                                             Title:


<PAGE>   107
                                       99


                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                              FORM OF LOAN REQUEST

                                  [insert date]

BankBoston, N.A., as Agent
100 Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts  02110

        Re: Loan Request

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Reference is hereby made to that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan
Agreement, dated as of November __, 1998 (as the same may be amended and in
effect from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), among Western Digital
Corporation (the "Borrower"), the lending institutions which are or may become
parties thereto from time to time (collectively, the "Banks"), BankBoston, N.A.,
as administrative agent (the "Agent") for the Banks, and The CIT Group/Business
Credit, Inc. as co-agent (the "Co-Agent") for the Banks. Capitalized terms which
are used herein without definition and which are defined in the Credit Agreement
shall have the same meanings herein as in the Credit Agreement.

        Pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Credit Agreement, we hereby request that
a Revolving Credit Loan consisting of [a Base Rate Loan in the principal amount
of $__________, or a Eurodollar Rate Loan in the principal amount of $__________
with an Interest Period of _________] be made on __________ __, __. We
understand that this request is irrevocable and binding on us and obligates us
to accept the requested Revolving Credit Loan on such date.

        We hereby certify (a) that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of
the Revolving Credit Loans on today's date is $_________, (b) that we will use
the proceeds of the requested Revolving Credit Loan in accordance with the
provisions of the Credit Agreement, (c) that each of the representations and
warranties contained in the Credit Agreement or in any document or instrument
delivered pursuant to or in connection with the Credit Agreement was true as of
the date as of which it was made and is true at and as of the date hereof
(except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or
permitted by the Credit Agreement and changes occurring in the

<PAGE>   108
                                      100



ordinary course of business that singly or in the aggregate are not materially
adverse, and to the extent that such representations and warranties related
expressly to an earlier date) and (d) that no Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing.

                                 Very truly yours,
                                 WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION

                                 By: _____________________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title:


<PAGE>   109
                                      101



                                                                       EXHIBIT D


                                FORM OF TERM NOTE

$___________________                                     as of November __, 1998


        FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION, a
Delaware corporation, (the "Borrower"), hereby promises to pay to the order of
[INSERT NAME OF LENDER] (the "Bank") at the Agent's Head Office (as defined in
the Credit Agreement referred to below):

               (a) prior to or on Term Loan Maturity Date the principal amount
        of _______________ DOLLARS ($___________), evidencing the Term Loan made
        by the Bank to the Borrower pursuant to the Revolving Credit and Term
        Loan Agreement dated as of November __, 1998 (as amended and in effect
        from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), by and among the Borrower,
        the Bank and other parties thereto;

               (b) the principal outstanding hereunder from time to time at the
        times provided in the Credit Agreement; and

               (c) interest from the date hereof on the principal amount from
        time to time outstanding to and including the maturity hereof at the
        rates and terms and in all cases in accordance with the terms of the
        Credit Agreement.

        This Note evidences borrowings under and has been issued by the Borrower
in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. The Bank and any holder
hereof is entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement, the Security
Documents and the other Loan Documents, and may enforce the agreements of the
Borrower contained therein, and any holder hereof may exercise the respective
remedies provided for thereby or otherwise available in respect thereof, all in
accordance with the respective terms thereof. All capitalized terms used in this
Note and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings herein as in
the Credit Agreement.

        The Borrower irrevocably authorizes the Bank to make or cause to be
made, at the time of receipt of any payment of principal of this Note, an
appropriate notation on the grid attached to this Note, or the continuation of
such grid, or any other similar record, including computer records, reflecting
the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of the Term Loan set forth
on the grid attached to this Note, or the continuation of such grid, or any
other similar record, including computer records, maintained by the Bank with
respect to the Term Loan shall be prima facie evidence of the principal amount
of the Term Loan owing and unpaid to the Bank, but the failure to record, or any
error in so recording, any such amount on any such grid, continuation or other
record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower
hereunder or under the Credit Agreement to make payments of principal of and
interest on this Note when due.


<PAGE>   110
                                       102


        The Borrower has the right in certain circumstances and the obligation
under certain other circumstances to prepay the whole or part of the principal
of this Note on the terms and conditions specified in the Credit Agreement.

        If any one or more of the Events of Default shall occur, the entire
unpaid principal amount of this Note and all of the unpaid interest accrued
thereon may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the
effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

        No delay or omission on the part of the Bank or any holder hereof in
exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any
other rights of the Bank or such holder, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver
on any one occasion be deemed a bar or waiver of the same or any other right on
any future occasion.

        The Borrower and every endorser and guarantor of this Note or the
obligation represented hereby waives presentment, demand, notice, protest and
all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance,
performance, default or enforcement of this Note, and assents to any extension
or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence, to any
substitution, exchange or release of collateral and to the addition or release
of any other party or person primarily or secondarily liable.

        THIS NOTE AND THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE BORROWER HEREUNDER SHALL FOR ALL
PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS (EXCLUDING THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR
CHOICE OF LAW). THE BORROWER AGREES THAT ANY SUIT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS
NOTE MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS OR ANY
FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND THE CONSENT TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION
OF SUCH COURT AND THE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE
BORROWER BY MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 20 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.
THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO
THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN
INCONVENIENT COURT.

        This Note shall be deemed to take effect as a sealed instrument under
the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.



<PAGE>   111
                                      103



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Note to be signed in
its corporate name and its corporate seal to be impressed thereon by its duly
authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

[Corporate Seal]

                                 WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION



                                 By: _____________________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title:


<PAGE>   112
                                      104



                                                                       EXHIBIT E

                         FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

                                     [date]

BankBoston, N.A., as Agent
100 Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts  02110

      Attention:  Asset Based Finance

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      Reference is made to the Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated
as of November __, 1998 (as amended and in effect from time to time, the "Credit
Agreement"), by and among Western Digital Corporation (the "Borrower"),
BankBoston, N.A. and the other lending institutions listed on Schedule 1 to the
Credit Agreement (collectively, the "Banks"), BankBoston, N.A. as agent for the
Banks (the "Agent") and The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. as co-agent for the
Banks (the "Co-Agent"). Capitalized terms which are used herein without
definition and which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the
respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

      Pursuant to Section 9.4(c) of the Credit Agreement, the principal
financial or accounting officer of the Borrower hereby certifies to you as
follows: (a) the information furnished in the calculations attached hereto was
true and correct as of the last day of the fiscal [year] [quarter] [month]
ended______________; (b) as of the date of this certificate, there exists no
Default or Event of Default or condition which would, with either or both the
giving of notice or the lapse of time, result in a Default or an Event of
Default; and (c) the financial statements delivered herewith were prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis
consistent with prior periods.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer has executed this Compliance
Certificate as of the date first written above.


                                 WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION




                                 By: _____________________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title:

<PAGE>   113
                                      105



                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

                           WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION


11.1.   CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE CAPITAL FUNDS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>         
        A.     Consolidated Total Assets                                        $___________

        B.     Consolidated Total Liabilities                                   $___________

        C.     Consolidated Intangible Assets:

               (I)    total book value of all intangible assets of the
                      Borrower and its Subsidiaries                             $___________

               (II)   amount of write-up in the book value of assets of the
                      Borrower or its Subsidiaries due to a revaluation
                      subsequent to the Balance Sheet Date (excluding
                      adjustments made to translate foreign assets and
                      liabilities for changes in foreign exchange rates)        $___________

               (III)  subscriptions receivable                                  $___________

               (IV)   sum of (I) plus (II) plus (III)                           $___________

        D.     Consolidated Tangible Net Worth (sum of (A) minus (B)
               minus (C)(IV))                                                   $___________

        E.     Outstanding principal amount of Subordinated Notes
               plus accrued interest on Subordinated Notes                      $___________

        F.     Other adjustments to (D)                                         $___________

        G.     Sum of (D) plus (E) plus (F)                                     $___________

               (Not to be less than amounts set forth in Section 11.1 of the 
               Credit Agreement.)
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   114
                                      106

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>         
11.2.   CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

        Capital Expenditures made in such fiscal year to date                   $___________
        (Not to exceed $175,000,000 for 1999 fiscal year,
        $210,000,000 for 2000 fiscal year and $225,000,000 in
        each fiscal year thereafter.)
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   115
                                      107



                                                                       EXHIBIT F



                                     FORM OF
                             INSTRUMENT OF ADHERENCE
                               (CREDIT AGREEMENT)

                           Dated as of ______________

BankBoston, N.A., as Agent
  and the Banks referred to below
100 Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Reference is made to that certain Revolving Credit and Term Loan
Agreement, dated as of November __, 1998 (as amended and in effect from time to
time, the "Credit Agreement"), by and among Western Digital Corporation, a
Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), BankBoston, N.A. and the other lenders
which may become parties thereto from time to time (collectively, the "Banks"),
BankBoston, N.A. as administrative agent for the Banks (the "Agent"), and The
CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc. as co-agent for the Banks (the "Co-Agent").
Capitalized terms which are used herein without definition and which are defined
in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meanings herein as in the Credit
Agreement.

        The undersigned [NAME OF GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARY], a [GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARY
ENTITY] hereby agrees to become a Guarantor under and party to the Credit
Agreement and to comply with and be bound by all of the terms, conditions and
covenants thereof all with the same effect as if it had executed the Credit
Agreement on the Closing Date. Concurrently with the execution of this
Instrument of Adherence, the undersigned has become a party to each of the
Guaranty and the Security Agreement and agrees to be bound thereby as if it had
been a party to each of the Guaranty and the Security Agreement from the Closing
Date.

        The undersigned represents and warrants to the Banks and the Agent that:

        a.      it is a [wholly-owned] Subsidiary of the Borrower;

        b.      no provision of its charter, other incorporation papers, by-laws
                or stock provisions prohibits the undersigned from making
                distributions to the Borrower;

        c.      it is capable of complying with and is in compliance with all of
                the provisions of the Credit Agreement;

        d.      its chief executive office and principal place of business is
                located at _____________________; and

        e.      its books and records are kept at ___________________.


<PAGE>   116
                                      108


        I The undersigned hereby affirms that each of the representations and
warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement is true and correct in
all material respects with respect to the undersigned as of the date hereof
(except to the extent of changes resulting from transactions contemplated or
permitted by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and changes
occurring in the ordinary course of business that singly or in the aggregate are
not materially adverse, and except to the extent that such representations and
warranties relate expressly to an earlier date).

        The following documents shall be delivered to the Agent concurrently
with this Instrument of Adherence:

        a       legal opinion of ___________________ as to the legal, valid and
                binding nature of the Loan Documents, as supplemented hereby,
                with respect to the Borrower and the Guarantors, including,
                without limitation, the undersigned;

        b.      copies, certified by a duly authorized officer of the
                undersigned to be true and complete as of the date hereof, of
                each of (i) the charter documents of the undersigned as in
                effect on the date hereof, (ii) the by-laws of the undersigned
                as in effect on the date hereof, (iii) the resolutions of the
                Board of Directors of the undersigned authorizing the execution
                and delivery of this Instrument of Adherence and the
                undersigned's performance of all of the transactions
                contemplated hereby, and (iv) an incumbency certificate giving
                the name and bearing a specimen signature of each individual who
                shall be authorized to sign, in the undersigned's name and on
                its behalf, each of this Instrument of Adherence and the other
                Loan Documents, and to give notices and to take other action on
                its behalf under the Loan Documents;

        c.      a certificate of the Secretary of State of ______________ of a
                recent date as to the undersigned's corporate existence, good
                standing and tax payment status;

        d.      a security agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the
                Agent and the Banks;

        e.      UCC-1 financing statements and other documents and instruments
                necessary to perfect the Agent's security interest for the
                benefit of the Banks in all of the undersigned's assets; and

        f.      such other documents as the Agent may reasonably request.


<PAGE>   117
                                      109



        This Instrument of Adherence shall take effect as a sealed instrument
and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   [INSERT NAME OF GUARANTOR
                                    SUBSIDIARY]



                                   By:________________________________________
                                   Title:

                                   Guarantor's address for purposes of
                                   Section 20 of the Credit Agreement:

                                   [INSERT ADDRESS]

Accepted and Agreed:

BANKBOSTON, N.A., individually and as Agent



By: ________________________________________
Title:

[INSERT ADDITIONAL BANKS]


<PAGE>   118
                                      110



                                                                       EXHIBIT G


                            ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

                           Dated as of _______________

        Reference is made to the Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated
as of November __, 1998 (as from time to time amended and in effect, the "Credit
Agreement"), by and among WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
(the "Borrower"), the lending institutions referred to therein as Banks
(collectively, the "Banks"), BANKBOSTON, N.A., a national banking association,
as agent (in such capacity, the "Agent") for the Banks, and THE CIT/GROUP
BUSINESS CREDIT, INC., as co-agent (the "Co-Agent") for the Banks. Capitalized
terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to
such terms in the Credit Agreement.

        ______________ (the "Assignor") and ______________ (the "Assignee")
hereby agree as follows:

29. ASSIGNMENT. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Assignment and
Acceptance, the Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the
Assignee hereby purchases and assumes without recourse to the Assignor, a
$____________ interest in and to the rights, benefits, indemnities and
obligations of the Assignor under the Credit Agreement equal to __% in respect
of the Total Commitment and the Term Loan immediately prior to the Effective
Date (as hereinafter defined).

30. ASSIGNOR'S REPRESENTATIONS. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that
(i) it is legally authorized to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance, (ii)
as of the date hereof, its Commitment is $_______________, its Commitment
Percentage is __%, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of its Revolving
Credit Loans equals $______________, the aggregate amount of its Letter of
Credit Participations equals $______________ and the aggregate outstanding
balance of its Term Loan equals $_____________ (in each case prior to giving
effect to the assignment contemplated hereby but after giving effect to any
contemplated assignments which have not yet become effective), and (iii)
immediately after giving effect to all assignments which have not yet become
effective, the Assignor's Commitment Percentage will be sufficient to give
effect to this Assignment and Acceptance, (b) makes no representation or
warranty, express or implied, and assumes no responsibility with respect to any
statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the
Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the execution, legality,
validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit
Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other instrument or document
furnished pursuant thereto or the attachment, perfection or priority of any
security interest or mortgage, other than that it is the legal and beneficial
owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder free and clear of any claim
or encumbrance; (c) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries or any other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect
of any of the Obligations, or the performance or observance by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person primarily or secondarily liable in
respect of any of the Obligations of any of its obligations under the Credit
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any other 


<PAGE>   119
                                      111


instrument or document delivered or executed pursuant thereto; and (d) attaches
hereto the Revolving Credit Note and Term Note delivered to it under the Credit
Agreement.

        The Assignor requests that the Borrower exchange the Assignor's
Revolving Credit Note and Term Note for new Revolving Credit and Term Notes
payable to the Assignor and the Assignee as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Notes Payable to               Amount of Revolving           Amount of
  the Order of:                    Credit Note               Term Note
<S>                            <C>                           <C>

Assignor                       $________________             $_______________
Assignee                       $________________             $_______________
</TABLE>

31. ASSIGNEE'S REPRESENTATIONS. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that
(i) it is duly and legally authorized to enter into this Assignment and
Acceptance, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Assignment and
Acceptance do not conflict with any provision of law or of the charter or
by-laws of the Assignee, or of any agreement binding on the Assignee, (iii) all
acts, conditions and things required to be done and performed and to have
occurred prior to the execution, delivery and performance of this Assignment and
Acceptance, and to render the same the legal, valid and binding obligation of
the Assignee, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, have been
done and performed and have occurred in due and strict compliance with all
applicable laws; (b) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit
Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements
delivered pursuant to Sections 8.4 and 9.4 thereof and such other documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and
decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (c) agrees that it will,
independently and without reliance upon the Assignor, the Agent or any other
Bank and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at
the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking
action under the Credit Agreement; (d) represents and warrants that it is an
Eligible Assignee; (e) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as
agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and
the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof,
together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (f) agrees that
it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the
terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Bank; and
(g) acknowledges that it has made arrangements with the Assignor satisfactory to
the Assignee with respect to its pro rata share of Letter of Credit Fees in
respect of outstanding Letters of Credit.

32. EFFECTIVE DATE. The effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance shall
be ____________ (the "Effective Date"). Following the execution of this
Assignment and Acceptance and the consent of the Borrower hereto having been
obtained, each party hereto shall deliver its duly executed counterpart hereof
to the Agent for acceptance by the Agent and recording in the Register by the
Agent. Schedule 1 to the Credit Agreement shall thereupon be replaced as of the
Effective Date by the Schedule 1 annexed hereto.

33. RIGHTS UNDER CREDIT AGREEMENT. Upon such acceptance and recording, from and
after the Effective Date, (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit
Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have
the rights and obligations of a Bank thereunder, and (b) the Assignor shall,
with respect to that portion of its interest under the Credit Agreement assigned
hereunder, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under 


<PAGE>   120
                                      112


the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that the Assignor shall retain its
rights to be indemnified pursuant to Section 17 of the Credit Agreement with
respect to any claims or actions arising prior to the Effective Date.

34. PAYMENTS. Upon such acceptance of this Assignment and Acceptance by the
Agent and such recording, from and after the Effective Date, the Agent shall
make all payments in respect of the rights and interests assigned hereby
(including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the
Assignee. The Assignor and the Assignee shall make any appropriate adjustments
in payments for periods prior to the Effective Date by the Agent or with respect
to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.

35. GOVERNING LAW. THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE IS INTENDED TO TAKE EFFECT AS
A SEALED INSTRUMENT TO BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS (WITHOUT REFERENCE TO CONFLICT OF
LAWS).

36. COUNTERPARTS. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed in any number
of counterparts which shall together constitute but one and the same agreement.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, intending to be legally bound, each of the
undersigned has caused this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed on its
behalf by its officer thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above
written.

                                 [INSERT NAME OF ASSIGNOR]



                                 By:______________________________________
                                      Title:

                                 [INSERT NAME OF ASSIGNEE]



                                 By:______________________________________
                                      Title:


<PAGE>   121
                                      113


CONSENTED TO:

WESTERN DIGITAL CORPORATION



By:_________________________________
     Title:

BANKBOSTON, N.A., as Agent



By:_________________________________
     Title:




<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
consolidated statements of operations and Balance Sheets of Western Digital
Corporation and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such quarterly
report on Form 10-Q for the Six Month Period Ended December 26, 1998.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUL-03-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             JUN-27-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-26-1998
<CASH>                                         353,660
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  389,886
<ALLOWANCES>                                    17,926
<INVENTORY>                                    160,974
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               911,569
<PP&E>                                         656,133
<DEPRECIATION>                                 313,354
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,296,522
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          700,775
<BONDS>                                        531,505
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           891
<OTHER-SE>                                      46,640
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 1,296,522
<SALES>                                      1,389,448
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             1,389,448
<CGS>                                        1,453,033
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,453,033
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               207,435
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                 2,000
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               5,891
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              (276,911)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                          (276,911)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 (276,911)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (3.12)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (3.12)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission